www.princexml.com

Prince - Personal Edition

This document was created with Prince, a great way of getting web content onto paper.

RealityTransurfing

VOLUME ITHE SPACE OFVARIATIONS

First published by O Books, 2008O Books is an imprint of John Hunt Publish-ingLtd., The Bothy, Deershot Lodge, Park Lane,Ropley, Hants, SO24 0BE, UKoffice1@o-books.netwww.o-books.net

Distribution in:

UK and EuropeOrca Book Servicesorders@orcabookservices.co.ukTel: 01202 665432 Fax: 01202 666219 Int.code(44)

USA and CanadaNBNcustserv@nbnbooks.comTel: 1 800 462 6420 Fax: 1 800 338 4550

Australia and New ZealandBrumby Bookssales@brumbybooks.com.auTel: 61 3 9761 5535 Fax: 61 3 9761 7095

Far East (offices in Singapore, Thailand,HongKong, Taiwan)Pansing Distribution Pte Ltdkemal@pansing.comTel: 65 6319 9939 Fax: 65 6462 5761

South AfricaAlternative Booksaltbook@peterhyde.co.zaTel: 021 555 4027 Fax: 021 447 1430

© Вадим Зеланд, 2004

© Издание на русском языке.Издательскаягруппа «Весь», Россия, 2004

4/463

© Vadim Zeland, 2004

© Russian edition. Ves Publishing Group,Russia,2004

Design: Stuart Davies

ISBN: 978 1 84694 122 1

All rights reserved. Except for brief quota-tions incritical articles or reviews, no part of thisbookmay be reproduced in any manner withoutpriorwritten permission from the publishers.

The rights of Vadim Zeland as author havebeenasserted in accordance with the Copyright,Designs and Patents Act 1988.

5/463

A CIP catalogue record for this book is avail-ablefrom the British Library.

This first volume translated by GregoryBlakeFirst published in Russian under the titleТрансерфинг реальности Ступень I:Пространство вариантов by Ves Publish-ing,197101, 6 Mira St. Petersburg, Russia

Printed by Digital Book Print

O Books operates a distinctive and ethicalpublishing philosophy in

all areas of its business, from its global net-work of authors to

production and worldwide distribution.

6/463

RealityTransurfing

VOLUME ITHE SPACE OFVARIATIONS

Vadim Zeland

Translated by Natasha Micharina

Books in the series

Reality Transurfing 1:The Space of Variations

Reality Transurfing 2:A Rustle of Morning Stars

Reality Transurfing 3:Forward to the Past

Winchester, UKWashington, USA

8/463

FOREWORDDear Reader!

I have no doubt, that like most people, youwant to lead a comfortable and wealthy lifethat is free from diseases and traumas.However, it may often seem that your life de-cides otherwise and it is instead toying withyou, as if you were a paper boat in stormywaters. In the pursuit of happiness, you haveprobably already tried many well-knownmethods. However, have you managed toachieve great success this way?

This book talks about some very strange andunusual things. This may all be so shockingto you that you would not want to believe it.However, it will not be necessary for you tobelieve. You will receive all the tools youneed to test the claims made in this book.

Having done that, your ordinary view of lifewill change completely.

Transurfing is a powerful method that willallow you to do the most impossible things(impossible from a normal point of view) –namely, to manage your destiny just the wayyou like. There will not be any miracles. So-mething greater is awaiting you. You will beconvinced that the unknown reality is muchmore incredible than any magic.

Many books teach people how to becomerich and happy. It is all, of course, verytempting. I mean, who would not want to berich and happy? But when you open the bookthere are exercises and meditations that re-quire hard effort. It is rather depressing,really. Life is practically a test in itself, andyet they suggest you push and pull evenharder, squeezing out whatever is left insideyou.

10/463

They try to convince you that you are notperfect and therefore you must change.Otherwise, do not count on anything goodhappening to you. Now, it may be the casethat you are not quite satisfied with yourself.Yet, somewhere deep inside you feel that youdo not really want to change. And you areright. Do not believe anyone who says thatyou are not perfect. How can anybody knowhow you are supposed to be? You don’t haveto change yourself. You are looking for theway out in all the wrong places.

We won’t be doing any exercises, medita-tions or soul digging. Transurfing is not anew self-improvement technique, but it is anentirely different way of thinking and actingso that you can get exactly what you want.Not to strive for things you want in your lifebut to get what you want. And not by chan-ging yourself but by returning to yourself.

11/463

We all make many mistakes in life, and thenwe dream about how great it would be to beable to go back to our past and makeeverything right. I’m not promising you “asweet ride back to your childhood”,1 but mis-takes can be fixed, almost as if you’ve beenback to your past. Or rather “ahead to thepast”. The true meaning of these words willbe unveiled towards the end of this book.You couldn’t have heard or read anywhereelse what I am about to tell you. Thus, beprepared for surprises that are as incredibleas they are pleasant.

12/463

CHAPTER I

THE MODEL OFVARIATIONS

This chapter will introduce you tothe theoretical background ofTransurfing. The method ofTransurfing is based on the Modelof Variations, which offers a newand fundamentally different viewon how the world works. Humanitydoes not know that it is possible tosimply get what he desires, insteadof striving for it. So how is thispossible?

Dreams do not come true.

The Rustling of theMorning Stars

The barking of my neighbor’s dog woke meup. That vile creature is always waking meup. God, I hate the dog! Why do I have towake up from the noises that ugly thing ismaking? I need to go for a walk, calm down abit, and somehow try to suppress the intensedesire to burn down my neighbor’s house.Like dog, like master. There are always bas-tards breaking into my life and trying to getto me. I’m getting dressed, upset and angry.Great, my damn slippers have disappearedagain. Where the hell are you, you slick suck-ers? Wait until I find you…I’ll throw youaway!

It’s wet and foggy outside. I was walkingalong the slippery trail, passing through thegloomy forest. Most of the leaves havealready fallen off, exposing the gray trunks of

14/463

the half-dead trees. Why do I live in themiddle of this depressing swamp? I take outa cigarette. I don’t really want to smoke, butold habit is forcing me. Forcing me? Sincewhen has a cigarette become a necessity forme? Yeah, it’s rather disgusting, smoking onan empty stomach in the morning. Onceupon a time, when I was at a party or amongfriends, I liked smoking and got pleasurefrom it. The cigarette was then a symbol offashion, freedom and style. But parties end.Gray and rainy everyday life takes over, withpuddles full of messy problems. And eachtime, I smoke away these problems by light-ing up, telling myself – “OK, now I’ll have alittle smoke, catch my breath, and plungeback into this hateful routine.”

Smoke from the cigarette gets in my eyes andI cover them with my hands, like a hurtchild. I am so sick and tired of all of this!And then, as if echoing my thoughts, abranch of a birch tree, bent in a particularly

15/463

insidious way, hits me painfully in the face.Damn it! In a rage, I break the branch andthrow it away. It hangs on the tree and thenstarts bobbing up and down, back and forth,like the head of a jack-in-the-box, as ifdemonstrating my inability to change any-thing in this world. Depressed, I drag myselffurther along the path.

Every time I try to fight this world it gives in,creating hope, only to flick my nose veryhard later. It’s only in the movies you’ll seeheroes going towards their goal, destroyingall obstacles on their way. That doesn’t hap-pen in real life. Perhaps life is similar to roul-ette. Maybe you win one time, a second oreven a third. Already, you see yourself as thewinner, and it seems to you that the wholeworld is in your pocket, but in the end, youalways lose. You are nothing but a Christmasgoose being fattened up, so that you can beroasted and eaten to the sound of beautifulmusic and laughter. You have made a

16/463

mistake, because this is not your party. Youhave made a mistake…

Wallowing in these unhappy thoughts, Icome out to the sea. Little waves were vi-ciously biting at the sandy shore. The un-friendly sea was forcing a cold and wet windon me. Fat seagulls were lazily waddlingalong the shore, pecking at something rotten.Their eyes had a cold and black emptiness tothem. As if the world surrounding me wasreflected in those eyes. A world that was justas cold and hostile.

Some bum was collecting empty bottles onthe beach. Just get the hell out of here, youslob. I want to be alone. No, looks like he’sheading my way - he’s probably going to beg.I had better head off home. Not a moment ofpeace. God, I’m so tired. I’m always feelingtired, even when I’m resting. It is almost as ifI’m doing time in prison. It seems that verysoon, everything will change, a new era will

17/463

begin and I will become a different personand will be able to enjoy my life. But that isall in the future. For now, I’m stuck in thesame miserable sweatshop. I’m always wait-ing, but the future never comes. Now, as al-ways, I eat a tasteless breakfast and drag my-self off to my boring job, where I once againwill have to squeeze out some sort of resultthat is needed by someone else but me. Yetanother day of a burdensome and purpose-less life…

I woke up from the rustling of the morningstars. What was this depressing dream? As ifa fragment of my previous life returned tome. Thankfully, it was only a dream. Re-lieved, I stretch myself just like my cat does.There he is that lazy-bones, sprawled out onthe bed. You can tell by the way his ears arepointing that he is aware of my presence. Getyour whiskered muzzle up, and let’s go for awalk. I’ve ordered a sunny day today, and soI’m off to the sea.

18/463

The path was going through a forest, and therustling of the morning stars gradually fadedaway into the multi-voiced choir of the birdcommunity. Over there, in the bushessomeone is making an extra effort trying tosing – “Food! Food!” Ah, there he is, thelittle good-for-nothing! How can a fluffylittle bundle like you be chirping away soloudly? Incredible, it never occurred to mebefore that each bird has its own uniquevoice, and yet, not one false note is sung, andthe many voices produce a wonderful me-lodious symphony, something a skilled or-chestra could never match.

The sun stretches its rays amidst the trees.This magical illumination brings the hugedepths and rich beauty of the forest to life,transforming the woods into a wonderfulhologram. The path leads me gently to thesea. Emerald waves are quietly whispering,talking with the warm wind. The shoreseems endless and empty, but I feel calm and

19/463

comfortable, as if this overpopulated worldhas created a secluded little space just forme. Some people think that our surround-ings are just an illusion that we ourselvescreate. Well, no. I’m not arrogant enough tothink that all this beauty is nothing but theproduct of my imagination.

Still under the oppressive influence of mydream, I started to remember my former life,which in fact was just as gloomy and hope-less as the dream. Very often I’ve tried, likemany others, to demand from this worldwhat I felt it owed me. In return, the worldindifferently turned its back on me. Experi-enced people told me that the world doesn’tgive in that easily, you have to fight it in or-der to conquer it. Therefore, I would try do-ing that, but to no avail. I just wound upwearing myself out. However, the experi-enced people had an answer to this too - youare a bad person, so you have to changeyourself and only then demand something

20/463

from the world. I tried to fight myself, but itturned out to be even harder.

Then one night I had a dream: I found my-self in some kind of a nature reserve. Un-speakable beauty surrounded me, and I waswalking and admiring this splendor. Thensuddenly an angry old man with a gray beardappeared. As I understood, he was theOverseer of the reserve. He began to silentlyobserve me. I moved towards him and as Iopened my mouth to speak, he silenced me.His voice was cold when he told me that hedoesn’t want to hear anything, that he’s tiredof the cranky and greedy visitors, who werenever satisfied, always demandingsomething, making a lot of noise and leavingpiles of garbage behind. I silently nodded myhead in agreement and moved on.

The magnificent nature of the preservesimply astounded me. Why haven’t I beenhere before? Entranced, I wandered around

21/463

with no particular aim, staring in awe. Nowords could describe how incredibly won-derful the nature surrounding me was. Thus,I felt exalted, without a single thought in mymind.

Soon enough, the Overseer appeared again.The austere look on his face has eased. Witha gesture, he asked me to follow him. Weclimb onto the top of a green hill, where aspectacular view of a picturesque valleyopens in front of us. Down in the valley, youcan see a village or a settlement of somekind. Little toy houses, overflowing withplants and flowers...it was just as a picturetaken from a fairy tale. You could have stud-ied the scenery in amazement for a very longtime, if only it didn’t seem so unreal. I star-ted to suspect that such things could only beexperienced in dreams. I looked question-ingly at the Overseer, but he only smiled intohis beard, as if he wanted to say, “Youhaven’t seen anything yet!”

22/463

We were walking down to the valley, when Ibegan to realize that I couldn’t rememberhow I got to the reserve in the first place. Ireally wanted to get some kind of explana-tion from the old man. I think I made a sillyremark about how lucky and happy thepeople are that can afford to live amidst thisbeauty. The Overseer answered, irritated“And who stops you from being one of thosepeople?”

I replied with the same old story that noteverybody is born rich, and that you cannotcontrol your destiny. The Overseer ignoredmy words and said, “That’s exactly the point,every man is free to choose any destiny helikes. The only freedom we have is the free-dom to choose. Anybody can choosewhatever he wants.”

His ideas were beyond my comprehensionand my philosophy of life, so I wanted to ar-gue against him. But the Overseer didn’t

23/463

want to hear any of it, as he said, “You fool!You have the right to choose, but you don’tuse that right. You simply don’t understandwhat this means – to choose.” This is all in-sane, I thought. What does he mean by that Ican choose anything I want? As if everythingin this world was allowed! Then suddenly Iunderstood that all was just a dream! I waspuzzled, because I had no previous experi-ence of waking up in a dream and thus,didn’t know how to act in such a strangesituation.

As far as I remember, once I realized I wasdreaming I hinted to the old man that in adream, as in waking life, he can say all thenonsense he wants, and that is all there is tohis freedom. But my comment didn’t seem tobother the Overseer at all - he only laughedat me. Realizing the absurdity of the situ-ation (why even bother starting a discussionwith a character from my own dream?), Istarted thinking maybe it would be better to

24/463

simply wake up. The old man probably readmy mind. “Well, enough,” he said. “We don’thave a lot of time. I never thought they’dsend me an idiot like you. But nonetheless, Iwill have to complete my mission.”

I started asking him what this “mission” wasand who “they” are. He ignored my ques-tions, but gave me a riddle, which seemedsilly to me at the time: “Everyone can ac-quire the freedom to choose anything theywant. Here is your riddle: how do you getthis freedom? If you solve the riddle, yourapples will fall into the sky.”

How did apples get into this? I started to losemy patience and so, I told the old man that Ihad no intention of guessing any riddles.Only in dreams and fairy tales could you seeall kinds of wonders, while in reality, applesalways fall to the ground. To which heanswered, “Enough! Let’s go, I have to showyou something.”

25/463

When I woke up, I realized that sadly I couldnot remember what happened next in mydream. However, I had a strong feeling thatthe Overseer had somehow put informationin my head, information that I could not ex-press with any words available to me. Onlyone strange word remained in my memory –Transurfing. The only thought spinningaround in my head was that there was abso-lutely no need to furnish my world by myself– everything was created a long time agowithout my participation, but for my well-be-ing. It’s also not worth struggling with theworld for your place under the sun, becausethat’s the least effective method. Apparently,no one is keeping me from simply choosingthe world I would like to live in.

At first, the idea seemed absurd to me. Andmost probably I would have forgotten allabout this dream. But, to my greatamazement, I soon discovered that I couldremember specific details about what the

26/463

Overseer meant by the expression to chooseyour own world, and how one could go aboutdoing that. The solution to the Overseer’sRiddle came to me on its own - out ofnowhere. Every day I discovered somethingnew, and each time I got very surprised andalmost a little bit afraid. I cannot explain ra-tionally where all this knowledge came from.I can only say one thing for sure – there is noway it could have come from me.

Ever since I discovered Transurfing (orrather, ever since I was allowed to discoverit), my life was filled with a new joyful mean-ing. Anyone who has ever done any creativework knows how much joy and satisfactionsomething made with your own hands bringsyou. But this is nothing compared to the pro-cess of creating your own destiny. Although,the expression “creating one’s destiny” in itsordinary meaning is a little out-of-placehere. Transurfing is the method for literallychoosing one’s own destiny, much like

27/463

choosing an item at the supermarket. Whatthis all really means is exactly what I want totalk to you about. You will find out whyapples can “fall to the sky,” what it means tohear “the rustling of the morning stars”, andthere are many other very strange things thatare only waiting for you to discover them.

The Riddle of theOverseer

There are many different theories about thenature of destiny. One of them says that des-tiny is the same as fate, something that ispredetermined. No matter how you try, youcan’t escape your destiny. On the one hand,such an interpretation can be depressing inits hopelessness. If a person’s destiny is notone of the better ones, then there’s no hopeat all for improvement. But, on the otherhand, there are always people who are

28/463

content with such a state of affairs. After all,it’s reliable and comforting when the futureis more or less predictable and doesn’t scareyou with uncertainty.

And yet, the fatal inability to escape own des-tiny can evoke feelings of discontent and in-ner protest. One feels cheated, out of luckand so, one starts complaining: why is life sounfair? One person has everything in excess,while the other is constantly in need.Everything comes easy to one person, whileanother runs round and round like a mousein a wheel, getting absolutely nowhere. Oneperson is gifted with beauty, intelligence andstrength, whereas another, unaware of whatsin he is paying for, is labeled as a second-class citizen throughout his entire life. Whythis injustice? Why does life, with its infinitevariety, put limitations on certain groups ofpeople? Why are those that are less fortunateat fault?

29/463

A deprived person would feel resentmentand would certainly try to find some sort ofexplanation to why things are the way theyare. And then all kinds of teachings pop up,like the one where they teach you that youhave bad karma and that you are paying forterrible sins committed in your past lives. Asif, the Lord has nothing better to do than tofoster his careless children! Nevertheless, itappears that despite His almighty power, Heexperiences difficulties with this particularmethod of fostering. Instead of punishingpeople for sins in this life, God for some un-known reason, postpones retribution untillater. However, one might wonder whatpoint there is in punishing someone forthings they do not remember.

There is another version that tries to explainwhy there are inequalities in the world. Thisversion gives hope, as it promises almost im-mediate compensation to those that are suf-fering and that are in need. Yet, again, you

30/463

will be rewarded somewhere in heaven or inanother life. No matter how you look at it,explanations like these are not entirely satis-fying. It is not even important whether thesepast and future lives exist or not, because aperson is only aware of and remembers thisone particular life. Thus, in a sense it is hisonly life.

If you believe that your fate is predeter-mined, then the only way to avoid depressionwould be to surrender and accept your fateas it is. And, as always, there will be new ex-planations to why you just cannot be suc-cessful “You want to be happy? Be happy!”Remain an optimist, and be satisfied withwhat you have. Certain people make it clearto you that you are unhappy because you arealways dissatisfied and because you simplywant too much. In addition, you can only behappy by definition - that is you are happybecause you are happy. You need to take joyin life. So, you kind of agree, but at the same

31/463

time it’s a bit awkward to meet gray realitywith joy and happiness. Do you really haveno right to want something more out of life?Why force yourself to be happy when you’renot? It’s just as impossible as it is forcingyourself to love.

So-called “enlightened” individuals that arebusy calling for universal love and forgive-ness constantly surround us. If you want toavoid harsh reality, you can put this illusionon like a blanket over your head, and sureenough, you will feel a little better. But deepdown inside, you wouldn’t be able to under-stand completely, why you should be forgiv-ing people you hate or loving those you areindifferent to? What’s the use? After all, itwouldn’t be a natural happiness, but a forcedone. As if joy should not be coming to you byitself, but rather it should be squeezed out ofyou, like toothpaste out of the tube.

32/463

Of course, there are people who don’t believethat life is so boring and primitive that itleads to one predetermined fate. They don’twant to be satisfied with what they have, andinstead prefer to take joy in their achieve-ments and not in the situation they are in.For these people, there is yet another con-ception of fate: “Man forges his own happi-ness.” Well, and as we know, we have tostruggle to achieve happiness. And howcould it be any other way? “Smart” peoplesay that nothing comes easy. It would seemlike an irrefutable fact: if you don’t want toaccept the happiness as it is, then you needto elbow your way to your own happiness.

History lessons tell us of how bravely theheroes have fought and how they were sacri-ficing themselves, fighting day and night,overcoming unthinkable obstacles. Thosethat won the battle were greatly rewarded,but only after enduring immense burdensand great losses of constant struggle. But,

33/463

that’s not the whole story. Millions fight andtoil, but only a handful actually succeed. Youcould waste your entire life on a desperatestruggle for a place in the sun, and all couldstill be in vain. Why is this life so cruel andhopeless?

What a heavy requirement it is – to have tofight the world so that you can make yourown happiness. And if the world doesn’t givein, then you have to fight yourself. If you’reso poor, sick, ugly and unhappy – it’s yourown fault. You have many flaws and there-fore, you must change. Man is faced with thefact that from the very beginning of his life,he was nothing but an assortment of flawsand defects, which require constant and hardeffort, if he is to even dream of happiness. Adepressing picture, is it not? It would seemthat if a man didn’t get lucky from the begin-ning and he was not born in a wealthy andhappy family, then his lot is either to humblybear his cross or dedicate his whole life to a

34/463

never-ending struggle. Somehow, it doesn’tfeel right rejoicing in a life like that. Iseverything really that hopeless and is thereno light in sight?

And yet, there is a way out. The way out is assimple as it is pleasant, unlike all the altern-atives listed above, because it is to be foundin another plane. The notion of destiny with-in Transurfing is based on an entirely differ-ent view of the world. Now, don’t go wavingyour hands in the air and shouting in disap-pointment that this is just another attempt tofeed you a bunch of nonsense. You’ll agreethat every known idea of destiny is basedupon a specific world-view which is in turnbased on a few premises that cannot beproved completely.

For instance, materialism is founded on theidea that matter came first and then cameconsciousness, whereas idealism claims theexact opposite. And yet, it is not possible to

35/463

prove any of the two. Nonetheless, both ideashave been used to construct convincingworld models that have acquired many faith-ful advocates. The two schools, each in theirown way, are able to explain the nature ofthe world philosophically, scientifically, andfrom a religious point of view. And they areboth right and wrong at the same time. Wewill never be able to define the absolutetruth, because of the relative nature of theconcepts we use to do so. The well-knownparable of the three blind men describes howone of them felt the elephant’s trunk, thesecond felt his foot, and the third the ele-phant’s ear. Based on their perceptions eachof them came to a different conclusion aboutwhat the animal looked like. Therefore, try-ing to prove that one way of looking at thingsis truer than the other is pointless. The im-portant thing is that a particular way of look-ing at things works for you.

36/463

You’re probably familiar with the well-known idea that reality is an illusion we cre-ate ourselves. Yet, no one has really ex-plained where this illusion comes from.

So are we just watching a “movie”? That is, ofcourse, very unlikely, but in a sense there is agrain of truth in that statement. There is alsothe opposite opinion - the material world isjust a mechanism that operates under strictlaws. In a world like that, minds are unableto determine anything.

Nevertheless, the mind of man is constantlystriving to resolve ambiguities. It reallywants to shatter one theory to pieces, only toidealize another. Basically, this is what sci-entists do, centuries after centuries. But aftereach struggle for the truth, one fact remainson the battlefield: Any theory is nothing buta separate piece of the manifestation that isour multifaceted reality.

37/463

Each theory is supported by the time duringwhich it was developed, and therefore, it hasthe right to exist. Any view of life works inthe same way. If you have decided that fate issomething predetermined, something thatyou are not in a position to change, then itwill be that way. In that case, you are will-ingly putting your life into someone else’shands, and it doesn’t really matter in whose.The thing is that you turn into a little paperboat that follows the waves of the sea, bend-ing to their will. If, on the other hand, youbelieve that you shape your own destiny,then you consciously take responsibility foreverything that happens in your life. You arestruggling with the waves, trying to take con-trol of your little boat. Keep in mind thatyour choice is always made into reality.What you choose is what you get. Whateverworldview you adopt, it will be a right one.However, you should know that otherswould disagree and argue with you simply

38/463

because they are also right in whateverworld-view they adopt.

If you take any phenomenon in our reality,and make it the point of reference, you willbe able to create an entire field of science.This field would have no contradictions with-in itself and it would therefore, successfullyreflect one of the manifestations of reality.To create an entire knowledge system like afield of science, it’s enough to take a coupleof facts that don’t even have to be fully un-derstood, but which nonetheless have a placein the system.

For example, quantum physics is based onseveral improvable truths, called postulates.They cannot be proved, because they are theinitial points of reference of quantum phys-ics. In quantum physics, a micro object willact as a particle in some cases and as a wavein others. Scientists were unable to interpretsuch dualism unambiguously, and so, they

39/463

simply accepted that this is the way thingswere. The postulates of quantum physics areable to accommodate the immense variety ofshapes and forms through which our realitycan be manifested. Almost as if, the blindmen in our parable would agree upon thefact that an elephant sometimes behaves as apole and sometimes as a snake.

If, when describing a micro object, we chooseto see it as a particle, we would get a modelof an atom first built by the famous physicistNiels Bohr. In the given model, electrons re-volve around the nucleus much as planets re-volve around the sun in our Solar System. If,on the other hand, we take a wave as the mi-cro object’s fundamental characteristic, thenthe atom will look like a blurred stain. Bothmodels work, they just reflect different andseparate forms of the ways in which realitycan be manifested. Therefore, once again weget whatever we choose.

40/463

Basically, any manifestation of reality can bea point of reference, creating a knowledgesystem, and it will certainly function andhave a place in the world. While chasing thetruth, people always wanted to understandthe nature of the world they were living in.They tried to accomplish that by studyingparticular features. The massive scientificknowledge was created by describing and ex-plaining specific natural phenomena. This ishow separate branches of knowledge came tobe. Interestingly enough, these are often con-tradicting each other.

The world is a whole by its nature and yet, itis always taking on different appearances.While people try hard to examine and ex-plain one appearance, another one enters thestage and is contradictory to the previousone. Scientists try to unite different mani-festations of reality so that contradictionscan be removed. However, that is an ex-tremely hard thing to do. There is only one

41/463

single fact that is not subject to any doubt, afact that is able to unite and reconcile allbranches of knowledge - the immense varietyof forms through which our reality can ap-pear to us. The diversity of variations is theforemost and fundamental quality of ourworld.

Distracted by the attempts to explain theseparate manifestations, adherents of differ-ent schools of thought avoid the fact of themultiplicity of variations. Indeed, what elsecould you extract from this fact? The multi-plicity serves as a beginning of the story oreven a point of origin. Any departing pointsof different branches of knowledge are sec-ondary in relation to it. However, no onebothers with the point of origin, as if it con-tains no information at all. But, oh yes, itdoes. It contains the most incredibleinformation.

42/463

We will have to use the multiplicity of vari-ations as our starting point, in order to solvethe Riddle of the Overseer. In other words,we will claim that reality can be manifestedin an infinite number of ways. Despite thegeneral nature of our claim, we will find thatit will reveal the most interesting and unex-pected knowledge.

Let’s start with the fact that all formsthrough which our reality is manifested musthave an origin, a place where the multitudeof variations exists. Where are the “laws” ofour world recorded? The world reveals itselfas matter moving through space and time.And moving matter is subject to certain laws.As you know, points are distributed on afunction graph according to a specific math-ematical formula. We could say that themovement of a point on a graph is governedby a defined function. However, the formulasand laws are just abstract inventions of ourminds, created to facilitate our

43/463

understanding and to explain what we per-ceive with our senses. It’s highly unlikelythat nature is keeping these formulas andlaws hidden somewhere.

How else can we fix points on a graph? Well,we could of course store the exact coordin-ates for each point, which is already a prob-lem because there is an infinite amount ofthem. Our memory is only that big and can-not handle such a massive amount of in-formation. But, to nature - infinity is not aproblem. There is no need for nature to gen-eralize the location and movement of pointson a graph by using a formula. If we were tobreak up a linear function into an infinitenumber of small points, then each pointcould be considered a cause and each con-secutive point could be considered an effect.Thus, the movement of any material point inspace and time can be viewed as an infinitelylong and continuous chain of infinitely smallcauses and effects.

44/463

In our knowledge, we represent the motionof matter using laws, while nature containsthis motion in its pure form – as an infinitenumber of causes and effects. Broadly speak-ing, data about every possible material ob-ject, and its path along the infinite number ofpoints, is stored in a field of information,which we will refer to as the space of vari-ations. It contains information abouteverything that was, that is and that will be.

The space of variations is an informationalstructure has a rather material basis. This in-finite field of information contains all pos-sible variations to any event that could takeplace. We can say that the space of variationscontains all information. Let’s not try toguess how this information is preserved –that’s not at all important. The essentialthing to remember is that the space of vari-ations works as a template, a coordinatenetwork for moving matter through spaceand time.

45/463

Hence, each point in the space of variationscontains its own variation of a particularevent. To make it easier to understand, let’spretend that a variation consists of a scriptand decorations. The decorations representthe external view or form of manifested real-ity, while the script is the path along whichmatter is transported. To make things evenmore convenient, we can divide the space ofvariations into sectors, each of which wouldhave its own script and decorations. Themore space there is between sectors, thegreater are the differences in scripts and dec-orations. Your destiny is also represented bya multitude of variations.

Theoretically, there are no limitations to thenumber and type of scripts and decorationsthat could exist in a person’s life. That is be-cause the space of variations is infinite innature. The least significant event could havean impact on a person’s future destiny. Aperson’s life is just like any other

46/463

transportation of matter, it is nothing but achain of causes and effects. In the space ofvariations, effect and its cause are closelylocated. One follows the other, and thus, thesectors of one’s destiny form a life track. Thescripts and decorations on one such track aremore or less of the same nature. The life of aman flows evenly along one direction untilan event takes place that changes the scriptsand decorations. Then destiny takes a turnand starts to move along a different lifetrack.

Imagine that you’ve been watching a play.You go back to the theater the next day, towatch the very same play. Yet, the play isnow performed with different decorations.The two plays you’ve seen are life tracks thatare rather close to each other in the space ofvariations. During the next theatrical season,you watch a play with the same actors, butthis time around, the script has been signific-antly changed. This life track is located

47/463

further away from the original one, whereyou went to see the play for the first time.And finally, the same play could run in a dif-ferent theatre, and you would therefore, ex-perience a new and unusual interpretation ofthe play. Therefore, this life track is alreadyquite far away from the first life track.

Reality manifests itself in all its multiplicityprecisely because the number of variationsis infinite. Any point of origin will flow intothe chain of causes and effects. Havingchosen your point of origin, you will get acorresponding manifestation of reality. Wecan say that reality unfolds itself along a lifetrack, depending on the selected point of ori-gin. Everyone gets what he or she chooses.You have the right to choose just because theinfinity of variations already exists. Nobodyprevents you from selecting whatever destinyyou like. Mastering your destiny comes downto one simple thing – making a choice.

48/463

Transurfing gives you the answer to thequestion of how to make that choice.

Thus, an informational structure contains aninfinite multitude of potential possibilities –variations, each with its own script and dec-orations. The process of materializationtakes place in accordance with what informa-tion is contained within this structure. Theprocess of moving matter through the spaceof variations can be demonstrated by the fol-lowing mental experiment.

Picture a water pipe. A freezing ring is slowlymoving along the pipe, so that water in thepipe freezes only at the location of the ring.Hence, ice crystals are traveling in the wateralong the pipe. Water molecules remains intheir places in a relatively loose state. Whenthe freezing ring passes along a particularspot, water molecules inside the pipe arefixed frozen into ice crystals. But then the icemelts and the water molecules are released

49/463

again. The ice crystal itself doesn’t move inthe water, through the pipe. It is the struc-ture of ice - the frozen state - that is movingthrough the pipe.

So, metaphorically speaking the water in thepipe represents the space of variations, whilethe crystal of ice represents the materialmanifestation of variations. The water mo-lecules represent people and their position inthe crystal structure is manifested as a pos-sible variation of destiny. There is no definiteanswer to what the freezing ring represents.In other words, how and why can an inform-ational structure be transformed into mat-ter? In the micro-world of quantum physics,matter can take form of a bundle of energy.We know that micro particles are being bornand destroyed repeatedly in vacuum space.So, in a way matter exists, but at the sametime it doesn’t really have a proper materialsubstance. There’s only one thing that is

50/463

clear – everything tangible is based on intan-gible energy.

I hope I haven’t tired you too much withphysics. We are only at the starting point ofTransurfing. But what you are about to findout from this book can be relatively shock-ing. Therefore, it’s inevitable that I presentyou with some theoretical background, sothat your mind doesn’t get too confused. Justbear with me a little while longer.

An ocean’s wave can serve as yet anotheranalogy to illustrate manifestation in thespace of variations. Let’s suppose that as aresult of an earthquake, a wave was formedout on the sea. It travels along the ocean’ssurface as a large hump, but the water itselfremains in place. It is not the mass of waterthat is moving, but rather the manifestationof its energy potential. Only around theshore does the water splash onto the dryland. All other waves are acting the same

51/463

way. In this analogy, the sea is the space ofvariations, while the wave is the materialmanifestation.

So what do we get here? On the one hand,material manifestation moves in space andtime. Yet on the other hand – variations re-main in their places and continue to existforever? This means that everything was, is,and will be? Well, why not? Time is just asstatic as space. You can only feel the flow oftime when the film is running and the framesfollow one another. Now unfold the film andlook at all frames at once. Where did thetime go? All frames exist simultaneously.Time remains static only until we begin tolook sequentially at one frame after another.This is exactly what happens in real life, andthat’s why the idea that everything comesand goes is firmly embedded in ourconsciousness.

52/463

In fact, everything that is written in the in-formation field has been there forever andwill always remain there. Life tracks existlike film reels. Everything that has happeneddoes not disappear for good, but continues toexist. Everything that is about to happen ishappening now. The present is just the ma-terial manifestation of a given sector in thespace of variations on your particular lifetrack.

Many people might wonder: “How is it pos-sible that all possible variations to my des-tiny exist permanently? Who would need thisinformation? God? Nature? And why wouldanyone need this information anyway?”Then try to imagine a point on a coordinateplane. In school, we learned the following: agiven point on a coordinate plane can haveany x and y coordinates, (note: any!) fromnegative to positive values of infinity. Whydid no one ever ask the question: How comea point can have any coordinates? Now,

53/463

picture a point moving along a linear func-tion, asking itself: “How come the path I’vealready walked has always been there andwill continue to be there forever? And howcome my future journey and its path arealready predetermined?” Yet, you are lookingat the point and its path from above andtherefore, there is nothing amazing about itstravel.

The space of variations works as a template,it determines in what way things should bemanifested in reality. Imagine a dark forestand a man with a flashlight. The man walksthrough the forest, and wherever he pointswith his flashlight, he is illuminating a smallpart of the forest. Realization2 manifests it-self like a spot of light. The entire dark forestis the space of variations, while the illumin-ated part is the realization of a variation of agiven sector. What then is this “light?” Inother words, what “lights up” or materializesa variation in the template?

54/463

To answer to this question, we must pick yetanother starting point. In our time, there’salready no doubt that thoughts are material.Reality appears to us in two shapes: on theone hand, our existence is defined by ourconsciousness, and yet, on the other hand,there is plenty of indisputable evidence tothe contrary. Our thoughts do not only func-tion as a motivation to action, they also havea direct impact on our reality. For example,our worst fears tend to come true. Of course,you could argue that we are not really talkingabout materialization of our thoughts, butrather of an ominous premonition. Sureenough, most paranormal phenomena tendto be unexplained and ambiguous. But thisdoesn’t mean that we can ignore this givenform of manifested reality. There is plenty ofevidence to support the fact that thoughtscan have a direct influence on reality.

In one way or another, a person’s conscious-ness forms his destiny. This book talks

55/463

specifically about how such things are pos-sible. Let’s make the following statement ourstarting point: waves of thought energy ma-terialize a potential variant. This statementis correct, because reality can be manifestedin any form defined by consciousness. Youcan find evidence supporting this hypothesisnot only from your daily life but also fromexperiments in quantum physics. For ourpurposes, it is not really important to knowexactly how thoughts interact with the spaceof variations. It is still not clear how the pro-cess of information transfer takes place –whether it has an energy basis or a basis ofsome other kind. To make things easier, we’llsimply assume that the wave of thought en-ergy “highlights” a certain sector of the spaceof variations and as a result, the variationgets its own materialization. Waves ofthought will find their corresponding sectorin the space of variations. The variation ofthat particular sector is then materialized.

56/463

Hence, in this chain of events consciousnessis able to define reality.

You should just keep in mind that this is onlyone way of manifesting reality. It’s not pos-sible to form your own reality the way youlike it just by pure meditation. Although,there are people who can make objects ma-terialize out of thin air. But these people arerarely seen, and they don’t advertise theirabilities. Nonetheless, thoughts have thesame impact on a man’s destiny, as his spe-cific actions. People are accustomed to theidea that their actions attract visible con-sequences that are easy to explain. The influ-ence of thoughts is usually unnoticed andtherefore, you cannot explain nor predict it.It may seem that establishing an obviouscausal link between thoughts and their sub-sequent events is relatively difficult. But youare about to see that a person’s thoughtshave a direct influence on the form of hisreality. People get exactly what they choose.

57/463

Someone could object: “Are you trying to saythat all these oceans, mountains, planets,galaxies – they are all nothing but theproduct of my thoughts?” The tendency ofman to sometimes consider himself the cen-ter of the Universe is part of human nature.Actually, man occupies a tiny niche in thisinfinite space. Our world is populated withmillions of living organisms, and each andevery one of them makes its own contribu-tion to the formation of reality. Eachcreature has its own parameters of thoughtwaves. If you’re not comfortable viewingplants as thinking objects, you may name theprocess differently. It won’t change the mainidea. We can’t even say for sure that non-liv-ing things don’t have anything similar to thethoughts of living organisms. Not to mentionthe Spirit that penetrates everything in exist-ence and which we call God. Each creaturehas its own consciousness and forms the lay-er of its own world. We can say that

58/463

everything in this world carries a particle ofGod, and in this way, He rules the world.

Each person travels along his own life track.But at the same time all people live in oneand the same world. The material world isone for everybody, but each person has hisown manifestation of reality. Let’s supposethat you are a tourist and you are visiting abeautiful city. You are admiring the sightsand the architectural beauty; you see theflower gardens, fountains, parks with littlepaths and the smiling faces of the wealthytownspeople. When you pass the garbagecan, you see a homeless person. He is justlike you, in the same world and in the samedimension. However, he does not see whatyou see. He sees an empty bottle in the can,the dirty wall, another bum that’s out to getthe empty bottle, the police, looking suspi-ciously at him and so on. You live on one lifetrack, and he lives on another. Your lifetracks have crossed in the space of

59/463

variations. Therefore, this world, as a materi-alization of reality is one for both of you.

All material manifestations have an energybasis. The field of energy is primary, whereasall other physical manifestations are second-ary. Scientists try to bring together differentmanifestations of energy into one single the-oretical framework and we’ll soon see res-ults. But then they’ll have to add more thingsto the theory, because reality can manifest it-self in an infinite number of ways. Withoutgoing into much detail, let’s look at energy assome kind of abstract and invisible force thatnonetheless, exists in reality. For our pur-poses, it will be enough to acknowledge thefact that the energy of a person’s thoughts isentirely material. The energy of thought isn’tlocked in a person’s head, circulating thereaimlessly. Rather, it is dispersed into spacewhere it interacts with the surrounding en-ergy field. Nowadays very few people wouldargue against this fact.

60/463

For convenience, as a parameter of thoughtwaves, we can take their frequency, just aswe measure radio waves. Whenever you arethinking about something, the frequency ofyour thought energy is tuned to a certainarea in the space of variations. When energyfalls within a sector of the space of vari-ations, the sector’s specific variation starts tomaterialize. Energy has a complex structureand penetrates everything in this world.Passing through a man’s body, energy ismodified by his thoughts, and upon exiting,energy acquires parameters that correspondto these thoughts (a radio transmitter worksin a similar way). Energy parameters absorbthe characteristics of thoughts. That way theenergy that is going out is transformed intothought waves, which in turn convert a sec-tor of the space of variations into a materialmanifestation. When you think of somethingeither good or bad, you radiate thought en-ergy into the space of variations. Modified

61/463

energy is applied to a specific sector and thisinteraction results in corresponding changesin your life.

Situations in our life are formed not only byspecific actions, but also by the nature of aperson’s thoughts. If you have a hostile atti-tude towards the world, it will treat you thesame way. If you are always whining, ex-pressing your dissatisfaction with the world,there will be more and more reasons for youto be dissatisfied. If your attitude towardsthe world is predominantly negative, thenthe world will be a terrible place to live in.The opposite is, of course, also true – a posit-ive attitude is the most natural way of chan-ging your life for the better. You get what youchoose. That is reality, whether you like it ornot.

While your thoughts have more or less thesame direction, you will find yourself on thesame life track. As soon as your attitude to

62/463

reality changes, in one way or another, theparameters of your thought waves acquirenew characteristics, and the material mani-festation of your world moves from the oldtrack to a new one. On that track, events fol-low a completely different script, in agree-ment with the parameters of your radiation.If for some reason you don’t like the script,you’ll struggle, trying to change the situation.Every person, when presented withobstacles, reacts negatively, expressing dis-satisfaction or becoming depressed. Thus,your thought waves relocate themselves ontoa track where there will be even moreobstacles. As a result, life will roll faster andfaster downhill.

The process described above may seem bey-ond your control, but in fact, you are the oneresponsible for directing your energy ofmanifestation into problematic areas of thespace of variations. You believe that by doingwhat you are doing you are effectively

63/463

overcoming obstacles. While in reality, youget exactly what you chose. If you choose tofight obstacles – then you will have morethan enough of them to fight. If you are pre-occupied with thinking about problems, thenthey will always be there in your life. You aredirecting your actions so that you can changethe situation on your current life track, butyou can never change a script in the space ofvariations. You are only able to choose an-other script . While trying to change unpleas-ant events in the script within the space ofvariations, you will be thinking precisely ofthings that you don’t like. In this very way,your choice is successfully materialized, andyou get exactly what you don’t want.

It’s not possible to change anything on yourcurrent life track. Just as if you went to anart gallery, you wouldn’t be able to remove orrebuild an exhibition that you don’t like.You’re not the one in charge here. Butnobody is stopping you from turning around

64/463

and walking into another room, to look atsomething that you would like better. Ofcourse, crossing over to another life track,where everyone gets whatever he or she de-mands, doesn’t happen by simply wanting it.Not all thoughts can be manifested, and notall desires are fulfilled. And that is not be-cause of the content of the thoughts, butrather because of their nature. Simply todream or to wish for does not yet mean tochoose. Dreams don’t come true. It’s neces-sary to fulfill certain conditions in order foryour dreams to come true. You will find outwhat those conditions are and how you fulfillthem in this book.

There are an infinite number of life tracks,destinies, for each person in the space ofvariations. We have no reason to resent ourdestiny because we have been given the rightto choose. Our only problem is that we don’tknow how to do this. The world appears to usin its multitude of possibilities, as if it was

65/463

created to satisfy any possible need. Anyonecan find everything they ever wanted in thisworld. Even in different areas of knowledge,the world appears to us just the way we wantto see it. For example, idealism claims thatthe world is an illusion, and the worldagrees. Materialism claims the opposite, andthe world again has nothing against thatopinion. People argue among themselves,imposing their opinions on each other, whilethe world shows that they are all right intheir opinions. Well, isn’t this great?! Thespace of variations is a so-called illusion,while the material manifestation is the samething as the “material world.” We always getwhat we choose.

Whoever is acquainted with the principles ofIslam knows the meaning of the followingexpression “the fate of a man is recorded inThe Book”. Basically, it means that fate ispredetermined and you can’t run away fromit. Similar statements can be found in the

66/463

context of other religions. It is true that thefate of a man is already predetermined. Thereligious claims are wrong only in the factthat there is not one variation of a person’sfate, but rather an infinite number of vari-ations. You can’t hide from your destiny. Andto some degree that’s true, because you can’tchange the script of a variation. Fighting theworld around you so that you can changeyour destiny is a very difficult and unreward-ing task. Don’t try changing the script, it ispointless. You can simply choose the vari-ation that you like the most.

Of course, this is all very strange and raisescertain doubts. However, I never thoughtyou’d readily believe in the Model of Vari-ations. I didn’t believe it either until I wasconvinced that Transurfing works, and itdoes so to one hundred percent. There is nopoint in favoring a specific model if your onlygoal is to find some kind of absolute truth.The model itself is of little significance, the

67/463

important thing is the practical result you getout of using a particular model. Differentmathematical models are able to representthe same physical phenomenon in differentways. Wouldn’t it be funny if experts in ana-lytical geometry suddenly took up armsagainst mathematical analysis and startedarguing that geometry is the only true math-ematical discipline? Mathematicians cancome to some sort of agreement amongstthemselves, but philosophers and religiousfigures? Never.

Where is it located, this space of variations?It’s very difficult to answer this question.Given our three-dimensional perception, wecould say that the space of variations iseverywhere and nowhere at the same time.Imagine an infinite plane that does not havea beginning or an end, and on that plane livetiny two-dimensional people. They don’teven suspect that there is such a thing as athird dimension. It seems to them that this

68/463

flat plane is the world and they cannot un-derstand how anything could ever exist bey-ond its boundaries. Yet, nevertheless, weknow that we need only to add a third di-mension to this world model, and suddenlyan infinite number of such flat planes can becreated. So, don’t worry about the fact thatwe are not able to imagine in great detailhow an infinite number of worlds can co-ex-ist with our own.

It’s hard to believe that parallel worlds actu-ally exist. But on the other hand, is it easy foryou to believe in the theory of relativity,which claims that an accelerating body in-creases its mass, reduces its size and slowsdown the passage of time through which thebody moves? It is yet impossible to test thisclaim first hand. The important thing is notwhether we understand the theory or not,but the practical use that can be gained fromthis theory.

69/463

It is rather absurd and trivial to argue aboutthe advantages of a given model in infinitespace. Try to picture the infinity of increas-ing distances, like outer space for instance.There, far off in the distance, are no bound-aries. The infinity of decreasing distances,strange as it may sound, has no limits aswell. We can only observe a limited part ofthe visible Universe. Both the telescope andthe microscope have their limitations. Infin-ity on a micro-level is not any different frominfinity on a macro-level.

There is a theory that the visible universewas created because of “The Big Bang.” Andever since, according to the theory, the uni-verse is constantly expanding in all direc-tions. Bodies move through the cosmos atgreat speeds. But if we would change ourpoint of view and take into account theenormous distances involved in the process,it would seem to us that this expansion is

70/463

happening very slowly and over an extremelylong period of time.

It’s also a known fact that in a vacuum space,at any given moment in time, elementaryparticles appear out of nowhere and disap-pear just as suddenly as they appeared. Con-sidering the relativity of space and time, weare able to consider each particle as a separ-ate Universe, similar to our own. After all, wedon’t know anything about how elementaryparticles are being made. According to physi-cists, elementary particles can sometimes ap-pear as waves and sometimes as particles. Bymoving further into the micro-world, the rel-ative distances become similar to those inouter space, and the passage of time for theinner observer slows down once again. To anexternal observer, our Universe exists forone moment only, just like a particle that isborn and extinguished into emptiness withinseconds, whereas to us, the inner observers,our Universe has existed for billions of years.

71/463

When you are having your next sip of coffee,think about this: how many Universes haveyou just swallowed? You’ve just swallowedan infinite number of universes, because in-finity cannot be divided into parts. It’s as farand takes just as much time to “fly” into themicro-world, as it would if you were to fly tothe endless expanses of outer space. Time,like space, is infinite. This goes for time thatruns forward and for time that runs back-ward. Fragments of time can be as infinitelytiny, as they can be infinitely huge. Any pointon a time fragment can be considered a pointof origin, on both sides of which lies infinitetime. Moving the point of origin along thefragment of time won’t change anything thatis ahead or behind that point.

This infinity of worlds within worlds existssimultaneously. The center of the universe islocated at any given point at any given mo-ment, because the very same infinity sur-rounds each point from every possible side.

72/463

And all possible events exist simultaneouslyfor the very same reason the center of theuniverse is located at any given point. This isdifficult to imagine. But then again, it is im-possible to take one look at the universe andsee it all. No matter how far you imagineyourself moving in the universe, the same in-finite space will surround you. There are, ofcourse, even more confusing theories aboutthe structure of our universe, according towhich our visible universe is transformed in-to a finite sphere in fourdimensional space.But this doesn’t make things easier, becauseonce again there can be an infinite numberof dimensions. Not being able to imagine allof this, we are forced to be satisfied with ourown narrow point of view, pretending thatwe understand something.

Overall, there are many incomprehensibleand inconceivable things in modern science,but this doesn’t stop us from using the fruitsthat science has reaped. Using the principles

73/463

of Transurfing, you will get astonishing res-ults. Just let’s agree that you won’t be tor-menting yourself with questions about ex-actly why and how Transurfing works. Itwould be as if a child asks a physicist, “Whyare bodies drawn towards each other?” Thephysicist would answer, “Because of the lawof gravity.” But then the child would ask an-other question “Why does the law of gravityexist? But how come physical bodies aredrawn towards each other?” There are no an-swers to these questions. So let’s leave thisfruitless task of trying to explain something,and let’s just use the outcome of the model ofvariations. It’s clearly beyond us to know andunderstand everything.

Based on the model of variations, man cre-ates his own destiny. And nonetheless, theidea of destiny in Transurfing differs fromthe generally accepted view. So what is thedifference then? The difference is that youcan choose your own happiness, without

74/463

having to fight for it. Don’t rush to either ac-cepting or rejecting the model of variationsonce and for all. Just ask yourself this ques-tion: have you achieved much by fighting theworld for your own happiness? Everyone hasto decide for himself, whether to continueacting in the same way or try a different ap-proach. After all, you can spend your wholelife fighting and struggling and get absolutelynowhere. Wouldn’t it be easier if the worldcame to you on its own? After all, all it everdoes is manifesting your choices.

Whatever order you’ll choose to place, it willalways be delivered to you, no matter what.But making a choice is not the same as wish-ing something, it is something quite differ-ent, and you are about to discover what it is.Wishes are granted only in fairy tales. It’s nocoincidence there is a strong belief that ful-filling wishes is either extremely difficult orimpossible. As of yet, we’ve only taken thefirst step towards the solution of the

75/463

Overseer’s Riddle. Soon, you’ll find out whywishes are never granted and dreams nevercome true.

Summary

Reality can be manifested in an infinitenumber of ways.

The diversity of variations is the foremostand fundamental quality of our world.

Any world model represents but a fractionof the multiple ways in which reality canappear.

Any branch of knowledge is based on achosen aspect of the manifested reality.

Your choice is always made into reality.What you choose is what you get.

76/463

The space of variations is an informationfield of what was, what is, and what will be.

The information field contains potentialvariations for any event.

A variation consists of a script anddecorations.

The space of variations can be divided intosectors, each of which contains its ownvariation.

The larger the distance between sectors, thegreater the difference in variations.

Sectors with roughly similar parametersalign themselves to form one specific lifetrack.

Material realization moves in space like adense mass.

77/463

Waves of thought energy materialize poten-tial variations.

Each organism makes its own contributionto the formation of material realizations.

When the parameters of thought energychange, an organism moves to another lifetrack.

You can’t change the script of a variation,but you are able to choose another one.

Don’t fight for happiness – you can simplychoose a variation that you like.

78/463

CHAPTER II

PENDULUMSGroups of people thinking in thesame direction create informationbased energy structures called pen-dulums. These structures will even-tually begin to develop independ-ently. Pendulums create their ownlaws and make people obey them.What people don’t realize is thatthey are unwillingly acting in theinterests of these pendulums. Howdo we get out of the suggestion thatsticks to us like glue?

Rent yourself out.

Destructive Pendulums

Ever since we were kids we’ve been taught tosubmit ourselves to someone else’s will: per-forming our duties, serving our country, ourfamilies, the political party, the company wework in, the government and even servingideas…We’ve been taught to submit to every-one else’s will, as long as our own will hadthe lowest priority. Everybody has more orless a sense of obligation, responsibility, ne-cessity and guilt. Everybody in one way oranother “serves” in various groups and or-ganizations like one’s family, society, educa-tional institutions, one’s working place, one’spolitical party, and the government and soon. All these structures are born and start todevelop, when a separate group of peoplestarts thinking and acting in the same way.Then, new people join the organization/group and the structure grows, gainingstrength, forcing its members to follow

80/463

established rules until it reaches a point,where the structure is able to subjugate largesocial groups to its will.

On the level of material realization, energystructures consist of people (united by com-mon goals) and material objects such asbuildings, constructions, furniture, equip-ment, technology and so on. But what is theprocess that enables structures, such asthose mentioned above, to be formed? Astructure is created when thoughts of agroup of people are focused in one direction.Thus, the parameters of their thought energybecome identical. Thought energy of inde-pendent individuals merges into one flow.Hence, in the middle of the energy ocean, anindependent information based energystructure is created that is called the energypendulum. This structure starts living itsown life, and makes those that took part inits creation obey its laws.

81/463

But why are these structures called pendu-lums? Because the higher and faster a pen-dulum swings, the more people – adherents– feed it with their energy. Every pendulumhas its own characteristic frequency of vibra-tions. For example, you can make the swingsgo high up in the air only by applying a forceof a certain frequency. That type of fre-quency is called resonance. If the number ofa pendulum’s adherents decrease, the pen-dulum’s swinging will slow down and even-tually its swinging motion will be extin-guished. When there are no more adherentsto swing the pendulum, it will stop and as anentity, it will die. Here are several examplesof “dead” pendulums: ancient pagan reli-gions, stone tools and ancient forms ofweaponry, old fashion trends and vinyl re-cords – in other words, everything that exis-ted before and is no longer in use.

You’re probably surprised – can all thesethings really be pendulums? Yes, any

82/463

structure, whose particular features wereshaped by people’s thought energy, is a pen-dulum. You could say that in general all liv-ing beings that are able to radiate energy inone direction will eventually form an energypendulum. Here are examples of pendulumsthat exist in nature and wildlife: colonies ofbacteria, populations of living creatures,schools of fish, herds of animals, woodlands,prairies, ant colonies and so on. Any struc-tures consisting of living organisms that areof a relatively homogenous and well-orderednature can form pendulums.

And since every living organism representsan energy unit, it can also be considered apendulum. So, when these pendulum unitsgroup together and start swinging in unisonthey create a group pendulum. It stands overits adherents like a separate and independ-ent superstructure. It will make up rules forits adherents, in order to keep them togetherbut also to attract new ones. Such a structure

83/463

is self-governing in the sense that it developsindependently, according to its own laws. Itsadherents don’t know that they are acting bythe laws of the pendulum, and not of theirfree will. For example, a bureaucratic appar-atus develops as a self-governing structure,independent of the will of its separate offi-cials. Influential officials could, of course,make certain independent decisions, butthese decisions cannot be in conflict with thelaws of the system. Otherwise, such an ad-vocate would be rejected. Even a single per-son, who is already a pendulum by himself,isn’t always aware of his own motivations.One example of such a person is the energyvampire.

Any pendulum is destructive by its nature.This is because it takes energy from its ad-herents and establishes power over them.The destructiveness of a pendulum is evidentin the fact that it doesn’t care about the fateof its individual adherents. The pendulum

84/463

has only one goal – to maintain a constantflow of energy from its individual adherents,and whether this will benefit or harm an in-dividual adherent is of no concern to thependulum. If a person is under the influenceof a system, he has to live his life in accord-ance with the system’s laws. Otherwise, thesystem will chew him up and spit him out.Being under the influence of a destructivependulum can easily ruin one’s life. To breakfree from the pendulum and not suffer anylosses as a result is usually a very difficultthing to do.

If a person is lucky, he will find his own placein the system, where he will feel like a fish inthe water. Being an adherent, the persongives his energy to the pendulum, and thependulum, in return, provides him with anenvironment where this person is able tolive. But as soon as an adherent starts break-ing the rules of a given structure, the fre-quency of his thought energy is no longer in

85/463

sync with the resonance frequency of thependulum. The pendulum is no longer get-ting any energy from this adherent. This res-ults in the pigheaded adherent being thrownout of the system or even destroyed.

If a person is brought to a place that is faraway from his most favorable tracks, thenlife in the structure of an alien pendulumturns into a living hell or simply into a de-pressing and boring existence. Such a pendu-lum is nothing but destructive to the adher-ent, and the person falling under its influ-ence loses his freedom. He has to live by thelaws forced upon him and serve as a cog in ahuge machine whether he likes it or not.

Yet, a man can be under the patronage of apendulum and achieve outstanding results.Napoleon, Hitler, Stalin and other similarfigures were all favorites of destructive pen-dulums. Nonetheless, the pendulum doesn’tcare about the welfare of its adherents, and it

86/463

uses them solely for its own purposes. WhenNapoleon was asked if he had ever been trulyhappy, he was able to number only a fewdays out of his entire life.

Pendulums use refined methods to attractnew adherents that fly to them, like moths toa flame. How often do people, seduced by apendulum’s advertising tricks, wander awayfrom their happiness that was all the timeright in front of them! People join the armyand perish there. People enroll in education-al institutions and, in vain, master profes-sions that are not really theirs. People findjobs that feel alien, but that are supposedlyprestigious. They work and find themselvesswamped with problems. They bringstrangers into their lives and end upsuffering.

So, a pendulum’s activity very often leads tothe destruction of destinies of its individualadherents. Although, the pendulum is trying

87/463

to hide its true motives, pretending to be vir-tuous and goodhearted. The most dangerousthing for a person who has fallen under theinfluence of a destructive pendulum is thefact that the pendulum takes its victim awayfrom those life tracks where he would findtrue happiness. Let’s outline the definingcharacteristics of a pendulum:

A pendulum feeds on the energy ofits adherents and thereby amplifiesits swinging.

A pendulum tries to attract as manysupporters as possible, so that it canreceive as much energy as possible.

A pendulum sets its group of adher-ents against all other groups (Lookat us! We are better than they are).

A pendulum is aggressive in blamingall those that don’t want to become

88/463

its adherents, and it tries to winthem over, neutralize them or re-move them all together.

A pendulum puts on good-lookingand attractive masks, it covers itselfup with noble aims and plays onpeople’s emotions, in order to justifyits own actions and win over asmany adherents as possible.

One could say that a pendulum is an“egregor”3 by nature, but that is a rather nar-row definition, of course. The concept of an“egregor” does not reflect the entire spec-trum of possible interactions between manand energy based information structures -pendulums. Pendulums play a much greaterrole in people’s lives than it is customary tobelieve.

It is possible to illustrate how a pendulumconsumes energy from its adherents by using

89/463

the following example. Imagine a full stadi-um, where a dramatic game of soccer is tak-ing place, things are getting tense, fans areraging... Suddenly, one player makes an un-forgivable mistake and because of that histeam loses the game. A storm of anger des-cends from the fans upon the player - they’reready to tear him apart. Can you imaginewhat a huge mass of negative energy landson the head of this unfortunate player? You’dthink that having suffered such a monstrousblow, he would die right there on the spot.But that doesn’t happen. Instead, he’s aliveand healthy, although somewhat crushed byfeelings of guilt. Then where did all the neg-ative energy go? Well, the pendulum harves-ted it. If it had not done so, the person atwhom the crowd aimed its anger would havedied, while the glorified star would have fliedup to the sky.

I won’t be the judge of whether the pendu-lum is an animated being or simply an

90/463

energy form. Whatever the case, it is of noimportance to the Transurfing method. Theimportant thing is to be able to recognize apendulum and to avoid participating in itsgames, unless there is something you cangain from such an interaction. It is very easyto recognize a destructive pendulum, as ithas one defining feature. It is always compet-ing with other energy structures just like it-self, fighting for control over people. A pen-dulum has only one goal – to capture asmany adherents as possible, in order to getas much energy as possible. The more ag-gressive a pendulum acts in its fight for ad-herents, the more destructive it is, meaningthat it poses a threat to the fate of an indi-vidual person.

Someone might object that there are, afterall, charitable organizations, societies fornature preservation, animal welfare organiz-ations and others. What is so destructiveabout them? The fact is that they, no matter

91/463

how you see it, feed on your energy and donot care about somebody else’s happiness orwelfare, and this is destructive for you per-sonally. They ask you to be merciful to otherswhile they remain indifferent to your wel-fare. If this is okay with you, and you feeltruly happy doing charity work, then thismight be your calling, and you have foundyour pendulum. But, please, be honest withyourself. Perhaps you are just wearing themask of a charitable giver. Are you actuallygiving your energy and money away for thewelfare of others and doing it with all yourheart, or are you just putting on a charityshow, so that you will seem like a betterperson?

Destructive pendulums have taught peoplenot to choose their own destiny. After all, if aperson was truly free in his choice he wouldbe independent. Then he wouldn’t be attrac-ted to pendulums and wouldn’t become oneof their adherents. Our mind is so used to the

92/463

idea that our fate is our lot in life, making itvery hard for us to believe that it is possibleto choose the fate that we would like to have.It is very advantageous for pendulums tokeep their adherents under control. There-fore, they come up with all sorts of ways tomanipulate their adherents. The followingpassages give clear examples of how this isdone.

If you make a cult, movement or a school outof Transurfing it could also become a pendu-lum. Different pendulums vary, of course, intheir degree of destructiveness. Transurfing,even in a worst-case scenario would be muchless destructive than its counterparts would.This is because it does not serve some ex-ternal and general goal, but rather it existsexclusively for the good of every single indi-vidual. Therefore, such a pendulum would bevery unusual, kind of like an individualist so-ciety with people who are busy focusing ex-clusively on their own individual destinies.

93/463

By the way, here is a homework assignmentfor you: what pendulums could be calledconstructive?

But why on Earth am I telling you all of this?I am doing this because I have to explain toyou what it means to choose your fate andhow to actually do that. Have patience, dearReader, some of the things we’ve been talk-ing about are not that easy to get your headaround, but gradually a clear picture willemerge.

The Battle of thePendulums

The main defining feature of a destructivependulum is that it aggressively seeks to des-troy other pendulums, so that it can dragpeople over to its side. To accomplish this,the pendulum will always try to set its adher-ents against adherents of other pendulums:

94/463

“We are good, while they are not like us!They are bad!” People who are drawn intothis battle lose their way and start followingfalse goals, which they mistakenly believe tobe their own. This is how the destructivenessof pendulums becomes apparent. Fightingother adherents is fruitless and ruins lives,those of people you “fight” and your own.

Let’s take an extreme example of the battlefor adherents – war. In order to convince itsown adherents to go to war, the pendulumwill put forward arguments that correspondto the specific historical era. The most prim-itive method, often used in history, was tosimply order people to get back what was“rightfully” theirs by force. As societies be-came more civilized, arguments acquiredforms that were more refined. One nationdeclares itself the most progressive and de-veloped, while others are declared to bebackwards. A noble aim is then to bringthese undeveloped people to a higher level,

95/463

and if they object - apply force. And modernconceptions of war appear to go along thefollowing lines: a beehive hangs on a tree inthe forest. Wild bees live there, producinghoney and raising their young. But then apendulum approaches the hive, and an-nounces to its own adherents: “These arewild bees, they are very dangerous and there-fore they must be destroyed or, at least, wehave to destroy their hive. You don’t believeme? Just watch!” The pendulum pokesaround inside the hive with a stick. The beesfly out and start stinging the pendulum’s ad-herents. And the pendulum triumphantly ex-claims: “See, I told you so! Look how ag-gressive they are! They have to bedestroyed.”

It does not matter what kind of slogans areused to justify wars and revolutions, theirpurpose is always the same – to serve in thebattle of pendulums for adherents. Thesebattles can take on different forms, but their

96/463

sole goal is basically to get as many adher-ents as possible. New energy is a vital neces-sity for the pendulum. Without it, the pendu-lum will stop, and thus cease to exist as anentity. Therefore, the battle of the pendu-lums is a natural and unavoidable battle fortheir existence.

Right after wars and revolutions follow otherforms of battle that may be less aggressivebut which are severe nonetheless. Examplesof such battles are: the struggle for marketdomination, the rivalry of political parties,economic competition, all possible forms ofmarketing, advertising campaigns, ideologic-al propaganda and so on. The living environ-ment is made out of pendulums. Therefore,you will find competition in every possibledomain of modern living. There is competi-tion everywhere, on all possible levels, start-ing with political and governmental disputesand ending with competition between clubsand among single individuals.

97/463

The new, the unusual, the incomprehensiblealways paves its way with difficulty. Why isthat? Is it simply because new concepts taketime to settle in our head? The main reasonis that the old pendulums would be at a lossif a new pendulum and another rival wouldenter the stage and start dragging people to-wards him. For instance, internal combus-tion engines make a significant contributionto pollution in the cities and they could havebeen replaced a long time ago. After all,many alternative and pollution-free engineshave been developed throughout the years,and should be used instead. However, thiswould be a threat to the existing pendulumsof oil corporations, and these are still verystrong. Therefore, they won’t allow some in-ventors to take them off the stage. So, itcomes down to that these monstrous pendu-lums, which represent large oil corporations,are literally buying up patents of alternativeengines only to keep them secret. At the

98/463

same time, they are trying to convince theworld of the low efficiency of these newinventions.

When building their structure on the materi-al plane, pendulums strengthen their posi-tion with financial means, buildings, equip-ment, and, of course, with human resources.At the top of these human pyramids, pendu-lums place their favorites. These are leadersof all ranks and functions, anyone from juni-or managers to presidents of governments.They do not have to possess any special oroutstanding qualities at all. Usually, thoseadherents are made leaders whose combina-tion of traits fits perfectly within the pendu-lum’s structure. The chosen favorite may be-lieve that he has achieved great things in lifeonly because of his personal qualities. It istrue, but only to a certain degree. The self-organizing structure of the pendulum playsthe greatest role in promoting its favorites. Ifthe parameters or traits of the favorite no

99/463

longer correspond to the needs of the sys-tem, then the favorite will be removed withno regard for his welfare.

The battle of the pendulums is destructivefor their adherents, because as they areserving a higher goal they think that they aredoing it because they really believe in it. Per-sonal beliefs of adherents tend to be in thetight grip of a pendulum. As soon as a persontunes into the pendulum’s frequency, an in-teraction takes place on the energy levelbetween him and the pendulum. The fre-quency of an adherent’s thought energy isfixed and maintained by the pendulum’s ownenergy. The person is now trapped in a feed-back loop. The adherent transmits thoughtenergy on the pendulum’s frequency, whilethe pendulum in turn grants a little bit of en-ergy to the adherent, as to maintain the pen-dulum’s influence over the person.

100/463

On the level of material realization, suchpendulum-adherent interactions can be seenin everyday life situations. For example, thependulum of a political party starts an elec-tion campaign, catches on to an adherentand feeds him with a little energy deliveredin the shape of good feelings such as appreci-ation, satisfaction, dignity and importance.The adherent believes that he has the situ-ation under control and that he can make hisown choices. But, as a matter of fact, he waschosen by the pendulum that now has con-trol over him. On the surface, however, thissituation has a different appearance – theadherent believes that he is doing what hewants to do. Nevertheless, in this case, theadherent’s will has been invisibly and artifi-cially forced upon him by the pendulum. Theadherent is thus placed in the pendulum’s in-formation field, where he is spending timewith others like him, discussing “hot” topicsand so on. In that way the adherent

101/463

establishes energy connections with the pen-dulum and fixes his own energy within thestructure. Eventually, the adherent may real-ize that the pendulum’s activity does not liveup to his expectations, so he starts to resentor doubt his former idol and thus, his fre-quency slips out of the pendulum’s grip. Thetightness of the pendulum’s grip depends onhow powerful the pendulum is. In somecases, the pendulum will simply allow its ad-herent to leave, while in other cases, such aheretic will be deprived of his freedom oreven his life.

How a pendulum traps the frequency of itsadherents can be illustrated by the followingexample. Say, you’re singing to yourself.Then all of the sudden, somebody startsplaying a different song on high volume. So,as you are hearing this new melody, it will bevery difficult for you to continue singing yoursong to yourself.

102/463

For the purposes of Transurfing, the specificdetails behind the interaction processbetween a pendulum and his adherent arenot important. We’ll investigate this interac-tion, using a simplified model and everydaysituations as examples. This will be quite suf-ficient for our purposes. Nobody will be ableto explain to us in great detail and with ahigh degree of accuracy how things reallyhappen, because then one could ask thequestion: and what does really actuallymean? And this discussion could go onforever, just like the infinite process of ac-quiring knowledge. It’s an unrewarding taskall together. So, we will have to settle forsomething smaller. We should be happy thatwe are nonetheless capable of understandingat least something. Now, let’s see how pen-dulums manipulate their adherents.

103/463

Puppet Strings

Let’s ask ourselves a question: how can pen-dulums force their adherents to freely giveup their energy? Big and powerful pendu-lums can, for example, force their adherentsto act according to specific rules. But how doweaker pendulums do it? When a persondoesn’t have the power to force another to dosomething, he presents valid argument andtries to convince and persuade the other per-son by promising a desirable outcome. Theseare all rather weak methods of persuasionthat can only be found in a human society,where people are removed from the forces ofnature. Pendulums also use these methodssometimes, but they have a weapon that ismuch more powerful than that. Pendulumsare energy based information structures.Therefore, they obey the powerful and indis-putable laws of existence and act in accord-ance with these.

104/463

In order for a person to give away his energyto a pendulum, his thought energy must beof the same frequency as the pendulum’s res-onance frequency. For this to happen, it’s notnecessary for a person to consciously directhis thoughts towards the pendulum. As youprobably know, a great deal of what peoplethink and do happens unconsciously. Andthis particular property of the human mindis what pendulums often take advantage of.Hence, pendulums manage to get energy notonly from their adherents but also from theirmost enthusiastic opponents. You can prob-ably guess by now how that works.

Imagine a group of elderly sitting on a parkbench, complaining and criticizing their gov-ernment. They are not adherents of the gov-ernment’s pendulum, because they hate thegovernment for many reasons. But what ishappening? The elderly are cursing the gov-ernment, saying how incompetent, corrupt,cynical and stupid it is. So, what they are

105/463

actually doing is that they are producing a lotof thought energy at the frequency of thispendulum. To be honest, the pendulumcould not care less from which side you pushit to make it swing. Both positive and negat-ive energy will do, as long as the frequency ofa person’s thought energy is resonant withthe pendulum’s frequency.

Thus, a pendulum’s biggest problem is to getto people, to hit them where it hurts inwhatever way possible, as long as the pendu-lum or anything related to it occupies theirmind. Once the concept of mass media wasdeveloped, the methods of pendulums havebecome increasingly refined. People becomequite addicted to mass media. Have you no-ticed how they mostly mention bad things inthe news? These programs give rise to strongemotions like agitation, fear, irritation, angerand envy. It is the journalists’ job to attractyour attention. The means of mass media,being pendulums themselves, are serving

106/463

pendulums that are even more powerful. Thesupposed purpose is free access to any in-formation. The actual purpose is quite differ-ent – it is to tune in as many people as pos-sible to the frequencies of specificpendulums.

One of a pendulum’s most favorite methodsof getting access to your energy is to get youoff balance. If you are off balance, you beginto “swing” on the frequency of the pendulum,by so doing you will be swinging the pendu-lum itself. Let’s suppose that the prices havegone up. You don’t like it, so you react in anegative way – you would feel annoyed, andyou would probably complain and talk aboutit with your friends. And that would be a per-fectly normal reaction. But this is exactlywhat the pendulum wants. You are radiatingnegative energy at the pendulum’s frequencyinto the world. The pendulum will harvestthis energy, which will only make the pendu-lum swing higher, resulting in the situation

107/463

with the prices getting increasingly worse inthe real world.

At this point, the pendulum is controllingyou like a puppeteer is controlling its puppet,and the firmest string to pull you by is fear,the most ancient and strongest feeling thereis. It does not really matter what it is you areafraid of exactly, but if your fear is somehowconnected to an aspect of the pendulum, thependulum will get your energy. Anxiety andbeing nervous are somewhat weaker threads,but they are nonetheless strong enough topull at and get you jumping. These feelingsare very good at fixating thought energy radi-ations on a pendulum’s frequency. Ifsomething is bothering you, it would be hardfor you to get our mind off it and focus onsomething entirely different.

Feeling guilty would be another very efficientway for a pendulum to pump energy out ofyou. Feelings of guilt are forced on us already

108/463

in our childhood. It’s a very convenientmethod of manipulation. “If you’re guilty,then you have to do as I tell you.” It is veryunpleasant to live with guilt, and thereforepeople try to get rid of these feelings. Buthow? You redeem your fault by either ac-cepting your punishment or working off yourdebt. Both alternatives imply submission,obedience and a specific way of thinking. Thecall of duty is a particular form of guilt. Tohave a duty means that one is obliged to dosomething. As a result, “the guilty”, both thetrue ones and the ones that are made to be-lieve that they are guilty, are walking aroundwith their heads hanging, bringing the pen-dulums their energy on a plate. Inducingfeelings of guilt by suggestion is the most fa-vorite weapon of manipulators, and we shallreturn to it at a later point in this book.

All possible human psychological complexesshould be noted in particular. The inferioritycomplex: I am not attractive, I don’t have

109/463

any abilities or talents, I am not particularlybright or clever, I don’t know how to com-municate with people or how to be aroundthem, I’m not worthy etc. The complex ofguilt: I’m guilty of something, everyone isjudging me and I have to bear my cross. Thewarrior complex: I have to be cool, I declarewar on myself and on everybody else, I willfight for my place under the sun, I will takewhat is mine by force. The truth-lover com-plex: I will show that I am right and everyoneelse is wrong, whatever it takes. These andother complexes are personal keys to the en-ergy of separate individuals. A pendulum, byhitting on a vulnerable spot, is zealouslypumping the energy out of this person.

You can continue naming the strings bywhich the pendulums control their puppets:justice, pride, vanity, honor, love, hate,greed, generosity, curiosity, interest, hunger,as well as other feelings and needs. Your feel-ings and interest allow the flow of thoughts

110/463

to be fixed in one direction. If a particularsubject doesn’t provoke any interest or emo-tion, then it’s very hard to focus on it. There-fore, pendulums are able to capture the flowof thoughts by pressing the right buttons likethe particular feelings and needs of a specificperson.

As a rule, people have a standard way of re-acting to negative external sources of irrita-tion. Negative news provokes discontent,alarming news provokes a reaction of worryor fear, having been offended provokes dis-like and so on. Habits function as the switchthat sets the mechanism of capture in mo-tion. For example, the habit of getting irrit-ated or worried with little cause is the sameas reacting to a provocation. Basically, it isthe same as reacting negatively to a negativesource of irritation. A person could be awareof the fact that negative thoughts and actionswon’t lead to anything good, however he

111/463

would still make the same mistakes out ofhabit.

In this way, habits often create problems andforce us to act inefficiently, and yet they aredifficult to get rid of. Habits are illusions ofcomfort. One has more trust in what is famil-iar. Anything new causes worry and fear. Theold and familiar has already been proven towork through experience. It is like an oldarmchair, in which you sit down to relaxafter work. Maybe a new one would be bet-ter, but the old one is more comfortable.Comfort is characterized by such concepts asconvenience, trust, positive experience andpredictability. New things possess thesequalities to a much lower degree, thus ittakes a lot of time for a new habit to turn intoan old one.

So, we’ve looked at the methods of influencethat pendulums use on people. Can a manescape from the influence of a pendulum?

112/463

We’ll be talking about methods of escape fur-ther on. Still, it often happens that someonestands up to the pendulum that has enslavedhim and openly opposes it. In any battlebetween a man and a pendulum, the manwill always suffer a defeat. A pendulum canonly be defeated by other pendulums. Oneman can’t do anything. If a man is no longerobeying the pendulum and he gets into afight with it, he will only lose energy. In thebest case, the man will be thrown out of thesystem, while in the worst case – he will becrushed. An adherent that had the guts tobreak the rules set by the pendulum, will beproclaimed an outlaw. On the surface of thereal world, the man will be convicted or con-demned for his actions. In reality, it is notthe man’s action that makes him guilty, butrather the fact that he has gone out of controland is no longer a source of energy for thependulum.

113/463

Why is it that “a fault confessed is half re-dressed”? Because the man who accepts thefeeling of guilt is completely ready to submithimself to the pendulum’s rule. For the pen-dulum, the actual remorse of the adherentfor the act committed doesn’t mean any-thing. Only the restored control over the ad-herent is of any importance. The pendulumwill immediately be much nicer to you, if yougive it the opportunity to manipulate you.And if the guilty one does not submit to thependulum, then he can be removed, becausethere is nothing more to gain from him. Thetrue motives of the pendulum are usuallyveiled by moral principles, saying that a per-son that has shown remorse is not such anevil person after all. You can easily distin-guish whether moral principles are at workor the interests of the system have been in-fringed upon, if you only keep in mind whatpendulums look like and what their truegoals are.

114/463

You Always Get WhatYou Don’t Want

As mentioned before, pendulums can get en-ergy from their adherents as well as fromtheir opponents. But loss of energy is onlyhalf the trouble. If a pendulum is destructiveenough, both the adherent’s welfare and fu-ture fate will get damaged.

Every person is from time to time confrontedwith negative information or undesirableevents. All of this is just a provocation of thependulums. A man doesn’t want these thingsin his life, but always reacts in one of twoways. If the information doesn’t affect himvery much, he won’t pay much attention toit, and will forget about it soon enough. Butif the provocative information irritates orfrightens him, that is there is something veryrelevant to him in this information, then acapture of thought energy takes place: the

115/463

man is caught in the pendulum’s noose andis tuned to the pendulum’s resonancefrequency.

You probably know what happens next. Theman starts feeling angry, he is outraged, wor-ried, afraid, vigorously expressing his dissat-isfaction. Basically, he is actively radiatingenergy on the frequency of the destructivependulum. The pendulum does not harvestall of the energy. Some of it goes to particularsectors in the space of variations. The para-meters of the man’s thought energy are suchthat he is transported to the sector in thespace of variations where everything hewants to avoid exists in abundance. As youmight remember, if a man’s thought energyis fixed on a certain frequency, he is trans-ported to the corresponding life track. In thiscase, the pendulum is destructive to his ad-herent, because it is fixating his frequency,using the noose of capture.

116/463

Let’s say that you turn a deaf ear to any in-formation regarding catastrophes and natur-al disasters. After all, if you are not affectedby it, why the unnecessary stress? Usually inthis case, a natural disaster will happensomewhere else, but you will personally beon a life track where you are not a victim of adisaster, but an observer. The track, whereyou would be a victim, is left behind. And theopposite is true as well, if you allow informa-tion about disasters and unfortunate eventsto affect you, you will moan and talk about itwith your friends. In that case, it is very pos-sible that you will soon be transferred onto alife track, where you will be a victim of a dis-aster yourself.

It turns out that the stronger your desire toavoid something, the greater the risk thatyou will get it. Actively fighting what you donot want is the same as doing your best tomake this very thing a part of your life. Youdon’t even have to do anything special in

117/463

order to transport yourself to the undesirablelife tracks. It is quite enough to think negat-ive thoughts and add emotions to them. Forexample, you don’t want bad weather, and soyou think about how you don’t like the rain.Noisy neighbors are bothering you andyou’re constantly fighting with them or youquietly despise them in your heart. You areafraid of something and this makes you veryanxious. You’re sick and tired of your day joband so you savor the feeling of hatred to-wards your job.

What you actively don’t want, like thingsthat you are afraid of, things that you hate ordespise, will follow you everywhere. Thereare, of course, many other things you wouldlike to avoid, but those things don’t botheryou as much at the moment. In that case,those things won’t crawl into your life, theysimply won’t happen. But as soon as you al-low the undesirable affect, feeling hatred andstarting to cherish the negative feeling, the

118/463

unwanted will definitely materialize in yourlife.

The only way to remove the unwanted fromyour life is in freeing yourself from the influ-ence of the pendulum that has trapped yourthought energy. And from now on resist itsprovocations and not be a part of this game.There are two methods of escaping a pendu-lum’s grip: making it fall through or extin-guishing it. Let’s look in more detail at howthis is done.

The Fall Through of aPendulum

Fighting a pendulum is useless. As has beenmentioned above, fighting it means feedingit with your energy. The first and most im-portant condition for success is refusal tofight with it. First, the more you are trying tofight off the annoying things in your life, the

119/463

more actively they will pursue you. You couldforever keep saying, “Just leave me in peace!Everyone, leave me alone!” You think thatyou are defending yourself against the an-noying pendulums, but you are actually feed-ing them with your energy and thus, theystick to you even more.

Second, you don’t have the right to condemnor change anything in this world. You have toaccept everything like you would accept anartwork at an exhibition, no matter whetheryou like it or not. There may be many pic-tures at the exhibition that may not seem tooappealing to you. However, it would neveroccur to you to demand that they would betaken away. Once you’ve recognized the rightof the pendulum to exist, you have the rightto leave it alone, to resist falling under its in-fluence. But the main thing is to avoid get-ting into a fight with it – don’t blame it, don’tget angry with it, don’t lose your temper, be-cause all this would mean your participation

120/463

in the pendulum’s game. Do the exact oppos-ite, quietly accept the pendulum assomething given, as an unavoidable evil, andthen leave. If you show any aversion, you willbe giving your energy to the pendulum.

Before exploring what it means to choose, wehave to learn how to say no. People, in gen-eral, have a vague idea of what they want.But everyone knows for sure what they don’twant. Striving to free themselves from un-desirable things or events, many act in sucha way that they get the exact opposite. In or-der to say no, it’s necessary to accept. Theword “accept” in this context does not meanthat you should embrace it and make it apart of yourself, but rather that you shouldadmit to yourself that everyone has the rightto exist, and then pass by indifferently. Toaccept and to let go means to let things passthrough you and to wave goodbye to them asthey leave. The opposite would be to acceptthings and to keep them close by, and then to

121/463

become attached to them or try to resistthem.

If you are being pestered by thoughts aboutthings you dislike, those very things will findtheir way into your life. Imagine that some-body doesn’t like apples. He simply hatesthem, they make him sick. This person couldjust ignore them, but he cannot come toterms with the thought that there are suchdisgusting things as apples in his world.They irritate him every time he lays eyes onthem, and he actively talks about his aver-sion. This is what happens on the materialplane. However, on the energy plane, theman is greedily pouncing on the apples,stuffing his mouth with them, chewing nois-ily, and trying to scream how much he hatesthem, he is stuffing his pockets full of apples,he is choking on them and again starts com-plaining about how sick he is of them. It doesnot occur to the man that he can simply

122/463

throw the apples out of his life if he doesn’twant them.

Whether you love or hate something has nomeaning. The main thing is that if yourthoughts are preoccupied with the object ofyour feelings, the energy of your thoughtswill fix on a certain frequency and you willthus, be captured by a pendulum and trans-ported to a corresponding life track, wherethe loved or hated object exists inabundance.

If you don’t want to have a certain thing inyour life, then stop thinking about it, passthis particular thing by indifferently, and itwill disappear from your life. To throwsomething out from your life does not meanyou should avoid it, but simply ignore it. Toavoid something means to allow it passageinto your life, but at the same time activelytry to free yourself from it. To ignoresomething means not to react to it in any

123/463

way and, consequently, not to have it in yourlife.

Imagine that you are a radio receiver. Everyday you wake up and listen to a station thatyou really hate that is the world around you.So, just tune yourself into a differentfrequency!

It can appear that, placing an iron curtainbetween you and the world would protectyou from undesirable pendulums. This isnothing but an illusion. When you are in thisiron shell, you are telling yourself: “I am ablank wall. I don’t see anything, I don’t hearanything, I don’t know anything and I don’tspeak to anyone. There is no access to me.”In order to maintain such a protective field,it’s necessary to spend energy and quite a lotof it actually. A person that is intentionallytrying to shut himself off from the world isconstantly on the edge. Besides everythingelse, the energy of a protective field is tuned

124/463

into the frequency of that pendulum, againstwhich your protection was built in the firstplace. And this is exactly what the pendulumwants. It does not care at all whether yougive him your energy with pleasure or withanger, as long as you give it to the pendulum.What could then serve as protection againsta pendulum? Emptiness. If I am empty, nopendulum will be able to catch on to me. Iam not joining the pendulum’s game, but Iam not trying to defend myself against thependulum either. I simply ignore it. The en-ergy of the pendulum flies past me, withouttouching me and disappears into space. Thependulum’s game doesn’t bother me, itdoesn’t affect me. In relation to the pendu-lum, I am empty.

The pendulum’s main objective is to attractas many adherents as possible to get theirenergy. If you ignore a pendulum, it willleave you alone and switch over to otherpeople. This is because the pendulum can

125/463

only affect someone that accepts its game, inother words, someone who starts radiatingthought energy on the frequency of thependulum.

Let’s take the most basic example. A barkingdog is chasing you. If you turn around to faceit, the dog will bark even louder. If you willtake the dog seriously and start to wranglewith it, the dog will continue running afteryou for quite a while. After all it is the dog’saim to find someone to have a row with. Butif you simply ignore the dog, it will look foranother object. And do notice that it will nev-er occur to the dog to feel insulted becauseyou wouldn’t pay any attention to it. The dogis too absorbed with its goal of getting energythat it can’t possibly think about somethingelse. Now, you could substitute the dog witha troublemaker, and the given model wouldwork the same way.

126/463

If someone is annoying you, try the model ofa destructive pendulum on him. He’ll prob-ably be a perfect match. If you cannot quietthe “troublemaker”, then simply refrain fromreacting to his provocations – ignore him.He won’t leave you alone until you stop giv-ing him your energy. You can give the energydirectly to him by getting into a fight withhim, or indirectly by silently hating him. Tostop giving away your energy means to stopthinking at all about the troublemaker. Justthrow him out of your head. Simply tell toyourself: “Oh, never mind him!” – and hewill be gone from your life.

However, it is often the case that you simplycan’t ignore the pendulum. For example, theboss calls you on the carpet. Simply refusing,or trying to defend yourself would in bothcases mean a loss of energy, because in bothsituations you would be fighting the pendu-lum. In such cases, you can act as if you aretaking part in the pendulum’s game. The

127/463

main thing is to keep in mind that you arejust pretending to play the pendulum’s game.

Imagine a burly fellow raising his sledge-hammer at you and striking a blow. You havenothing against it, you are not defendingyourself and you are not attacking him. Inthis moment, you simply step aside and thebig fellow, along with his sledgehammer, hitsan empty spot. This means that the pendu-lum can’t catch on to you and thus, it fallsthrough empty space.

The same principle lies at the heart of aikido– a type of martial arts. The following is whatliterally happens in aikido: the attacker istaken by the arm and brought along with thedefender, as if the defender is casually seeinghim off, and then the attacker is releasedwithout any force from the defender, and issent flying in the same direction in which hewas aiming in the first place. The wholesecret is that the defender has nothing

128/463

against the attack. He agrees with the attack-er’s way, walks together with him for a while,and then lets go of him. The energy of the at-tacker falls through into empty space, be-cause if the defender is “empty” there isnothing to catch on to.

So, what is the technique behind this soft ap-proach? Basically, you respond to the pendu-lum’s first attack with agreement, and thenyou diplomatically step aside or unobtrus-ively direct the pendulum’s movement towhere you want it. For example, your eagerboss wants to load you with work and de-mands, all excited, that you do it exactly theway he wants it to be done. You know that itneeds to be done differently or you even be-lieve that this task is not your responsibilityin the first place. If you will start objecting,arguing and defending yourself, your bosswill, in the strictest way, ask for your obedi-ence. After all, he has made a decision, andyou’re defying him. Do the exact opposite.

129/463

Listen carefully to what your boss is saying,agree with everything he says, let the pendu-lum exhaust its first impulse. Then gentlystart discussing the details of the job withhim. At this moment, you have accepted theenergy of your boss and radiate at his fre-quency. His impulse has not met any opposi-tion and will therefore subside for the timebeing. Don’t tell him that you know betterhow this job should be done, don’t say no tothe job and don’t argue with him. Just askfor his advice, ask him how you could do thejob faster and better or how perhaps anotheremployee could do it even better. By doingthis, you are swinging along with the pendu-lum, but you are doing it consciously, notparticipating in its game, but as if observingit from the outside. The pendulum swings,completely absorbed with the game. And it isthe pendulum’s game – it is making the de-cision, and people agree with it and consult itfor advice. You’ll see that the energy,

130/463

previously directed at you, will be turnedaway from you, towards another solution ortowards somebody else, who will do the job.Hence, for you personally, the pendulum willfall through.

Extinguishing aPendulum

There can be situations where you cannotmake the pendulum fall through. That is, youcannot simply ignore or escape it.

I had a friend once that was this really niceand good-hearted guy, but he was also giftedwith incredible physical strength. So we weregoing on a tram one night, and there was thisgroup of bullies looking for trouble, – a realdestructive pendulum. There was quite a fewof them, all as one, feeding each other withnegative energy and all convinced that theyare above any law. In order for their energy

131/463

to multiply, they would constantly need tobother other people that would react to theirprovocations and thus, give them theirenergy.

So, this angry looking bunch started bother-ing my friend, probably because the kind andpeaceful expression on his face suggested hewouldn’t be too much trouble. They tried inevery way to pick a fight with him, insultingand taunting him, but he remained silentand didn’t react to any of the provocations –in other words, he tried to make the pendu-lum fall through. Neither did I interfere, be-cause I knew that he had nothing to fear, butthe bullies were really out on a limb. Finally,my friend couldn’t stand it any longer, so hegot up and headed for the exit, but the mostimpudent adherent blocked his way. Thenmy friend, who by now was cornered,grabbed the punk by the scruff of the neck,and delivered a hideous blow to his head.

132/463

The victim’s face was instantly made into abloody mess. The remaining heroes weredumbfounded with amazement and fear. Myfriend turned and grabbed the next one, butthat one started mumbling with a tremblingvoice: “Tha-a-t’s enough,man…..enough…..dooon’t.” The energy of thependulum was instantly extinguished, andits adherents, still taken aback, were slowlymoving backwards, and finally tumbled outof the tram.

Of course, lucky are those that can stand upfor themselves. But if you are not one ofthem, what then? If you have nowhere torun, then you can stop the pendulum by do-ing something out of the ordinary,something that no one would expect fromyou.

Somebody told me of a case like that. Once, apack of “fearless” street gang memberscornered a fellow and were about to beat him

133/463

up. Then he approached the leader of thegang, staring at him with an insane look inhis eyes, and said, “So what should I break:your nose or your jaw?” A question like thatwas clearly out of context (it did not fit thescript) and the gang leader was for a momenttaken aback. Then the fellow cried out withunhealthy enthusiasm “Or maybe I’ll justtear your ear off!” and grabbed him by theear with his hand. The leader of the ganggave out an agonizing cry. The entire showthat the gang was so used to putting on wasnow ruined. The gang leader was now noteven thinking about beating somebody up,only one thought was tormenting him – howto free his ear from the tight grip of the mad-man. The gang let the guy go, as they thoughthim to be a nutcase, and the guy in return es-caped the bloodshed.

So there you go, if you ever find yourself in asituation where you know the usual course ofevents, do something surprising – no matter

134/463

what – something that does not fit into thestandard development of events. The pendu-lum will be extinguished. The thing is, aslong as you are acting according to a givenscenario, you accept the pendulum’s gameand give away your energy on that frequency.But if your frequency is very different fromthat of a pendulum, you and the pendulumwill be in dissonance, and thus, you’ll throwit off rhythm.

At the same time, you shouldn’t be asking fortrouble if you are dealing with a pendulumthat has nothing to lose. If you are attackedby a person that is trying to rob you, it’s bet-ter to give him the money right away. Somepeople even carry a ten-dollar bill for occa-sions such as this. For instance, if the robberis a drug addict or he is mentally ill, he couldeasily end your life, even if you are a masterof the martial arts. Therefore, you are muchbetter off not dealing with people like that atall, as you wouldn’t with a rabid dog.

135/463

Otherwise, your death would be unwarran-ted and absurd.

Having a sense of humor and a creative ima-gination can be very helpful in extinguishinga pendulum. Turn your irritation into agame. For example, you are annoyed withthe massive amount of people on the streetor on the bus, and everyone is in a hurry andmakes it difficult for you to make your way.Now imagine that you are at a bird bazaar inAntarctica. All these people around you areactually penguins, waddling, fussing andpottering about in a very funny way. Andwho would you be? You would be penguin aswell. After this transformation, the peoplearound you would instill liking and curiosityin you, rather than annoyance.

Of course, it’s hard to control yourself whenyou are mad with rage. At these moments,the hardest thing of all is to remember thatthis is only a pendulum trying to draw

136/463

energy from you. Don’t give in to its provoca-tions. The pendulum is like a vampire, it usesits own form of anesthesia that is your habitof reacting negatively to a nuisance. Evennow, having read these lines, you could in acouple of minutes get distracted and answeran unwanted phone call with an irritatedvoice. But if you make it your aim to acquirethe habit of remembering about the pendu-lum, soon enough you will develop immunityagainst its provocations.

Notice that when you come across annoyingsituations and react to them with irritation,dissatisfaction and other negative emotions,the negative situation that provoked theseemotions will instantly get worse and you arein for more trouble. This is how the pendu-lum swings higher and higher. And you arethe one pushing it. So, do the exact opposite– either don’t react at all or react in an inap-propriate way. For example, you can meetannoyances with false enthusiasm or even

137/463

with moronic delight. This is how you extin-guish a pendulum. You’ll see that the pendu-lum will not continue its provocations.

As you remember, the habit of negatively re-acting to annoying situations is the lever thatsets the pendulum’s capture mechanism inmotion, so that the pendulum can get to yourthought energy. Such a habit will fade away ifyou play your own game, in which you delib-erately make the following substitutions: fear– confidence, gloom – enthusiasm, resent-ment – indifference, irritation – joy. At leasttry to react “inappropriately” to small nuis-ances. What do you have to lose? It might bea ridiculous thing to do, but if you play thegame this way the pendulum will not stand achance. This gaming style seems ridiculousonly because the pendulums have trained usto play the games that are of benefit only tothem. Now, try forcing the pendulum to playyour game - you will enjoy the game and youwill discover to your great surprise what a

138/463

powerful technique it is. The working prin-ciple is this: radiating thought energy at afrequency different from the resonance fre-quency, you get in dissonance with the pen-dulum. Thus, for you personally, the pendu-lum is extinguished and therefore leaves youin peace.

There is another interesting method ofgently extinguishing the pendulum. Ifsomeone is bothering you, making a problemfor you, try to determine what that personneeds. Now imagine this person having whathe needs. This could be health, confidence orpeace of mind. If you think about it, theseare the three main things that we all need, inorder to feel satisfaction. So think about,what does this person really need right now?

Suppose that your boss shouted at you.Maybe he’s tired or he is having problems athome? Then he needs some peace of mind.Imagine him relaxing in an armchair in front

139/463

of the TV, or by a fireplace, fishing with a rodon the river, or maybe having a beer with hisfriends. Do you know what he likes to do?Perhaps his bosses have been pushing andpressing him, and he is afraid of taking onmore responsibility? Then he needs someconfidence. Imagine him skiing like a pro,driving around in a sports car, or being at aparty where he is the centre of attention.Perhaps he is ill and in pain? Imagine that heis happy and healthy, swimming in theocean, riding a bicycle, playing football. Ofcourse, it’s better to imagine him doing whathe likes to do. But you don’t have to guess,don’t worry. It’s quite enough to imagine thisperson in a situation where he is satisfied.

So what is actually happening here? Yourboss suddenly appears on the scene and hasonly problems in hold for you. (Instead ofyour boss, it could be a robber or anyone elsethat means trouble). Distract yourself fromwhatever trouble he is bringing you. Thus,

140/463

from the very beginning, you refrain fromputting your head into the frequency-captur-ing noose. Now imagine this person gettingexactly what he needs. (What does a robberwant; to eat, to drink or to get high?) Visual-ize an image where this person gets his satis-faction. If you’re successful, you can consideryour troubles gone. After all, the pendulumdidn’t simply begin to swing on its own. So-mething got it out of balance. The pendulumis, consciously or unconsciously, looking forsomething that will restore its balance. Andsuddenly the energy of your thoughts on acertain frequency restores, although indir-ectly, the pendulum’s balance. It will in-stantly substitute its aggression with good-will. What? You find it hard to believe? Goon and test it!

So, basically what happens when you applythe above technique is that you extinguishthe pendulum. A pendulum-man approachesyou with a problem and you solve the

141/463

problem, not in an obvious way, but on theenergy plane. You gave the pendulum yourenergy, but only a tiny piece of it, in compar-ison to what you could have lost. In addition,you’ve done a good deed – you’ve helpedsomeone in need, if only temporarily. The in-teresting thing is that this person will laterhave a different, friendlier attitude towardsyou. He will never be able to guess why he isfeeling comfortable in your company. Letthat be your little secret.

This technique can be successfully used insituations when you need to get somethingfrom somebody, and that particular person isbusy with his own problems and isn’t reallykeen on giving you whatever it is that youwant. You need a signature from the local of-ficial? First, “feed” him a little of your nicevisualization, and he’ll do anything for you.

Just one last thing; where do you think theenergy of a dampened pendulum goes? It is

142/463

actually transporting back to you. Havingovercome your problem, you get stronger.And the next time something like this hap-pens it will be very easy for you to find theright solution to the problem. Isn’t that thecase? But if you try to fight the problem,you’ll be giving your energy to the pendulumthat created the problem in the first place.

The techniques of making a pendulum fallthrough or extinguishing it, are also well-known by both psychologists and psychiat-rists as professional methods. So, reallythese methods are nothing new. However, tosomebody who is not acquainted with themethods of practical psychology, these tech-niques would be valuable, as they bring clar-ity and understanding to what psychologicaldefense is and how it works.

143/463

Simple Solutions toComplicated Problems

If you were able to extinguish a pendulum ormake it fall through, you would as well beable to solve all kinds of possible problems.This problem could be a complicated lifesituation, a conflict, an unfavorable circum-stance, a difficulty or simply a task. There aresimple solutions to all complicated prob-lems. The key to solving a problem is alwayssomewhere on the surface, the only questionis how to spot it. The pendulum that has cre-ated the problem for you will get in the wayof you seeing the key to the problem.

The goal of a destructive pendulum is to getenergy from you. In order to accomplish this,it has to fix the frequency of your radiatingthoughts on the problem. This is very easy todo, if you are convinced that the problem isdifficult. If you accept these rules of the

144/463

game, the pendulum will easily take you bythe hand and lead you into an intricatelabyrinth. Only later will you realize the an-swer was right there in front of you the wholetime.

If you scare a person, worry him, confusehim or play on his fears, saying how difficultthe problem is, then he will easily agree tothings being complicated and so he’ll behooked. But you don’t really have to scarepeople to achieve the same effect. The publicopinion is already such that many problemsare considered to be difficult in nature andthus, lack simple solutions. Throughout life,every one of us is constantly confronted withdifficulties of some kind, especially when it issomething new and unfamiliar. As a result,everyone has a strongly rooted habit of fa-cing problems with anxiety and sometimeseven with reverential fear. In addition, onealways weighs his abilities to handle a prob-lem on the scales of doubt. Consequently, the

145/463

tendency to face problems with fear is trans-formed into a puppet string.

The pendulum can act either through its ad-herents, namely people associated with aparticular problem, or it can act throughnon-living objects as well. The pendulumfixes the radiation of thought energy on acertain frequency and is busy sucking the en-ergy, while the person is preoccupied withthe problem. One would think that fixing fre-quency on the subject would help concentra-tion. How could that possibly interfere withsolving the problem?

The thing is that the pendulum fixes ourthoughts on a very narrow sector in the in-formational field, while the solution mayvery well be outside this sector. As a result, aperson is thinking and acting within the lim-its of the narrow corridor and doesn’t reallyhave the possibility to see the bigger picture.Unusual and intuitive solutions appear to

146/463

you precisely when you free yourself fromthe pendulum and get the freedom to thinkin another direction. The whole secret of be-ing a genius is being free from the influenceof the pendulums. While pendulums capturethe ordinary people’s frequencies ofthoughts, geniuses’ frequencies of thoughtscan reorganize themselves independentlyand may enter unexplored areas of the in-formation field.

Then how should you act in order to avoidgetting into the pendulum’s capture noose?Don’t get absorbed with the problem anddon’t allow the pendulum to ensnare you inits game. Rent yourself out. Act as you nor-mally would in such situations, but not as aparticipant in the game, but rather as an ex-ternal observer. Try looking at the situation,as if it didn’t concern you at all. Rememberthat the pendulums want to take you by thehand and lead you into a labyrinth. Don’t letthe problem scare you, grab hold of you,

147/463

worry or confuse you. Just remember thatthere is a very simple solution to any prob-lem. Do not accept the “difficult” interpreta-tion imposed on you by the pendulums.

If you have been confronted with a problemor a tricky situation, catch yourself on yourattitude towards it. The problem could giverise to confusion, fear, resentment, despairand so on. You need to change your usual at-titude towards the problem to the exact op-posite, and the problem will either disappearall by itself or you will quickly find a verysimple solution to it. In spite of your stereo-types and habits, see any problem not as anobstacle that you have to overcome, butrather as a part of the road you have to walkon. Don’t leave any space in yourself for theproblem. Be empty to the problem.

If you have to solve a problem that requires acertain amount of thinking, don’t rush intological reasoning right away. Your

148/463

subconscious is directly linked to the field ofinformation. The solution to any possibleproblem is already there. Therefore, youshould first relax, and then cast away anyfear and anxiety that you may have regardingthe solution. Because you do know that thesolution is out there. Let go of yourself, stopthe train of thoughts and try to contemplatethe emptiness. It is very likely that the solu-tion will come to you instantly, and it willprobably be a very simple one. If that didn’twork, don’t get upset and turn on your think-ing device. It will work the next time. Thisexercise is very useful in developing the abil-ity to obtain intuitive knowledge. The onlyimportant thing is to make it your habit.

This method really does work, if you are ableto free yourself from the pendulum and “rentyourself out”. However, this is easier saidthan done. Later in this book, you’ll discovernew methods for dealing with pendulums.This is truly only the beginning. Doesn’t it

149/463

seem to you that I have taken you by thehand and I am about to lead you into alabyrinth? That’s right, be free even of thepeople that preach to you about yourfreedom.

The Suspended State

Having freed yourself from the influence ofdestructive pendulums, you acquire freedom.But freedom without a goal – is a suspendedstate. If you are preoccupied with making thesurrounding pendulums fall through or ex-tinguishing them, you are running the risk offinding yourself in a vacuum. Previous con-flicts have gone somewhere else, concernsthat have been annoying you have receded,arguments occur more and more rarely,anxiety and worry have disappeared. All ofthis happening is hardly noticeable, as if thestorm is slowly quieting down.

150/463

However, soon you will find out that there isa downside to it. If you were in the centre ofevents before, now they seem to be happen-ing somewhere else. To the people aroundyou, you are no longer of the same import-ance as you used to be before and they payless and less attention to you. You have fewerand fewer concerns, but there are no desireseither. The pressure from the external worldweakens, but that doesn’t bring you any ad-vantage. You have fewer problems, but nonew achievements.

What is happening here? The thing is thatthe entire world of man is built on pendu-lums. Therefore, if a man isolates himselffrom them completely, he will find himself ina desert. The suspended state is not muchbetter than being dependent on the pendu-lum. For example, children who haveeverything pine away, because “there’s noth-ing more to want.” They are suffering them-selves and they pester everyone around them

151/463

with their whining. Humankind is made insuch a way that he always needs somethingto strive for.

Your freedom is being free from the pendu-lums of others. But there are pendulums thatwill be of use to you personally. These areyour pendulums. In other words, it’s neces-sary to recognize goals that have been forcedon you, and in the pursuit of which you walkfurther and further away from your life trackof happiness. The task is, while being free, tochoose those life tracks where true successand happiness await you.

Pendulums are not an absolute evil to a per-son, if he is aware of his actions and the situ-ation. You can never be entirely free frompendulums. The only question is how toavoid putting yourself under the influence ofpendulums, and to consciously use them foryour own purposes. Transurfing offers spe-cific tools for doing this. To free oneself from

152/463

the influence of pendulums completely is notpossible, but it’s not even necessary. On thecontrary, it is exactly the pendulums thatare, in the end, responsible for turning aman’s dreams into reality.

Summary

A pendulum is created by the energy ofpeople who are thinking in the samedirection.

A pendulum is an energy-based informationstructure.

A pendulum fixes thought energy of an ad-herent onto its own frequency.

A heavy battle for adherents is going onbetween pendulums.

A destructive pendulum forces goals onto itsadherents that are alien to them.

153/463

A pendulum plays on people’s feelings, at-tracting them into its net.

If you actively do not want something, itwill be in your life.

To free yourself from a pendulum means tothrow it out of your life.

To throw something out of your life meansnot to avoid it, but to ignore it.

To stop a pendulum, it’s necessary to violatethe script of the game.

Positive visualization will gently extinguisha pendulum-man.

The energy of an extinguished pendulum istransferred to you.

Problems are solved by the fall through orextinguishing of pendulums, which createdthe problems in the first place.

154/463

In order to solve problems – rent yourselfout.

To avoid a suspended state, you must findyour own pendulums.

You must develop the habit of rememberingall of this.

155/463

CHAPTER III

THE WAVE OFSUCCESS

Metaphors such as “The Blue Birdof Happiness” and “The Wheel ofFortune” have quite a materialbasis. It is well known that successand failure follow one another, likebad days and good days. How dowe exclude bad days from our lives?

Your thoughts are coming back toyou like a boomerang.

The Antipode of aPendulum

Now it’s time to check your homework. Whatpendulums could be called constructive? Theanswer is - none. It may sound like a para-dox, but that is really the case. Don’t be of-fended, dear Reader, the question was meantto be provocative. The main and only goal ofany pendulum is to get energy from its ad-herents. If it can’t get any energy, it will stop.

A pendulum can only be constructive to it-self, but never to you. What is so constructiveor creative about something that takes en-ergy from you? Of course, different pendu-lums are destructive to different degrees. Forexample, it’s hard to imagine that a beachvolleyball club would take up arms against aclub of ice swimming enthusiasts. Thenagain, a volleyball membership could neverreally ruin your life. However, the pendulum

157/463

of the volleyball club is also feeding on en-ergy from its adherents, and if they get boredwith playing beach volleyball, the club willdie. But this is nothing compared to being agang member, where your freedom and evenyour life could be taken away.

You could object: if I go to a fitness clubwhere I am only focusing on myself, thenhow can I be giving away energy to the pen-dulum? It doesn’t matter if you are only fo-cused on yourself or not, you are still re-quired to follow certain rules in the fitnessclub. You can do whatever you want back atyour own place, but at the fitness club, allmembers are acting in the same way by fol-lowing the rules established by the system,and thus they give away collective energy tothe pendulum of the fitness club. If all mem-bers of the club would run away, the pendu-lum would no longer receive any energy, andso it would stop.

158/463

You could ask the question in a differentway: are there energy structures that don’tneed your energy? Actually, there are. One ofthem is the wave of success or a coincidencethat is fortunate for you personally. Everyperson has his own waves of success. It is of-ten the case that you have a little luck andthen comes an entire wave of other pleasantand unexpected events. As if you’re having arun of good luck in your life. Waves such asthis don’t appear every day, only if you werepleasantly surprised and got into a goodmood the first time.

“The Wheel of Fortune” and “The Blue Birdof Happiness” are not just abstract meta-phors. The wave of success is basically an ac-cumulation of life tracks. Everything can befound in the space of variations, includingthese gold veins. If you’ve found the outerline of such a gold vein and caught someluck, you could automatically glide on to oth-er lines of accumulated fortune, where new

159/463

lucky circumstances await you. But if, afteryour first success, bad luck rears its uglyhead again, it means a destructive pendulumhas led you away from the gold vein.

The wave of success brings happinesswithout taking any of your energy. It can becompared to an ocean wave that carries anexhausted swimmer to the shore. The waveof success transfers you to your happy lifetracks. The wave, just like a pendulum,couldn’t care less about your fate, but itdoesn’t need your energy either. If you wantto – get on the wave and swim with it, if youdon’t want to – the wave will pass you bywithout feeling sorry for you. The wave ofsuccess is a temporary structure, as it doesn’tfeed on the energy of others. Therefore, itwill eventually fade out, kind of like theocean waves crashing on the shore.

The wave of success could appear in the formof good news. It carries information from

160/463

other life tracks. These echoes are inter-preted on the current life track as good news.Your task is to grab on to this fine thread andpull yourself up to the life track where thegood news came from. That life track willnow not only have good news for you, butfortunate circumstances as well.

It may seem that the wave of success comesand goes. In fact this wave doesn’t move atall, it doesn’t gather any energy and itdoesn’t get weaker. We adopted the term“wave” in our model just to make it easier tounderstand. As mentioned, the wave of suc-cess is static in the space of variations, as anaccumulation of favorable tracks. You are theone moving from one life track to another, soto you this “vein” appears as a wave becauseyou grab it, by letting it into your life, or youget further away from it, carried away by thependulums.

161/463

The wave is not interested in you and it istherefore easy to miss - it will pass you byand won’t come back. This has given rise tothe general belief that the blue bird of happi-ness is difficult to catch. In reality, you don’thave to make any effort in order to surf thiswave. It’s all only a matter of choice. If youwelcome the wave into your life, it will bewith you. If you give in to the influence of de-structive pendulums and get yourself imbuedwith their negative energy, you will moveaway from the wave of success. That is howpeople always act: “we don’t treasure whatwe have until it’s gone”. The bird of happi-ness doesn’t mind at all pecking seeds fromyour hand. You don’t have to catch it. As longas you don’t chase it away, it will be morethan enough.

This is one of the most paradoxical featuresof the freedom of choice. People can actuallychoose happiness and success for them-selves. And at the same time they’re not free

162/463

from pendulums that carry people away fromthe wave of success. We are yet again return-ing to our previous topic. In order to get thefreedom of choice for yourself, it is necessaryto reject dependence on pendulums . Wehave also the right to be free from the influ-ence of pendulums that are not “ours”. Onlyone thing remains - to find out how we canobtain these rights.

The Boomerang

Most people have thoughts constantly run-ning around in their head. If the thinkingprocess is not controlled then negativethoughts and worries will prevail. The thingswe are most worried about are things that wefear; things that we find irritating or upset-ting and things that make us feel depressedor dissatisfied. This is how destructive pen-dulums have been influencing the shape ofthe human psyche over thousands of years.

163/463

These pendulums maintain fear in man, inorder to successfully manipulate him. This isexactly why people are vaguely aware of whatthey want, while they know exactly what theydo not want.

Allowing the negative “thought-mixer” totake over (that is when you are mulling overeverything that is bad, complaining and hav-ing generally pessimistic thoughts) means tojoin the game of a destructive pendulum, andto radiate energy at its frequency. This is arather unfavorable habit. It would really be-nefit you to replace it with another habit –having conscious control over your thoughts.Whenever your mind is not occupied withanything in particular – for example, whenyou are on a train or a bus, or when you areout taking a walk, or doing something thatdoesn’t require special concentration or at-tention – put positive thoughts in your head.Don’t think about what you were not able to

164/463

get – think about what you want to get, andyou will get it.

Suppose that you don’t like the house youlive in. You are telling yourself: “I’m fed upwith this place. Everything about this placeirritates me. But once I move to a new home,then I’ll be happy. Meanwhile, I just can’thelp myself….oh, how I hate this place!”Keep in mind that with thoughts like that it’simpossible to get what you want. Even if youare about to move to a new and better place,your new house will bring you manydisappointments.

Fair enough, you’ll say, but I’m leaving thisdump and moving to a luxurious villa! Whatdisappointments could be waiting for methere? You don’t have to worry about that.The more despise you feel towards the littlehouse that has given you shelter these manyyears, the more unpleasant surprises willawait you in your new quarters. And these

165/463

unpleasant surprises will be of the most var-ied kind. The taps won’t work, the paint willstart to peel, walls will start caving in, theneighbors will annoy you – in short, all thosethings will happen that need to happen in or-der to maintain the parameters of your neg-ative radiation. Whether it’s the new houseor the old one – what difference does itmake? There will always be life tracks withall possible conveniences where you will bejust as dissatisfied as before. The space ofvariations has many luxurious houses whereyou will nonetheless feel like you are in hell.

And if you don’t have anywhere to move toyet, then you will remain in this hated situ-ation for sure. After all, you’re not tuned tothe frequency of the life track where thehouse of your dreams awaits you. At the mo-ment, you’re thinking about what you don’tlike, so you’re giving off negative energy andthis energy fits perfectly with the life trackyou are at now. Therefore, you’re stuck there

166/463

until the frequency of your radiationschanges. And this is not too difficult to do.

First of all, accept your present situation as itis and get rid of your dissatisfaction and re-sentment. You can always find somethinggood in everything and in any situation.Even the smallest things in life can be asource of joy. So, you don’t like the houseyou’re living in, but you can at least be grate-ful to it. After all, it has sheltered you. It israiny and windy outside, and the house is theone to endure that, while keeping you safeand warm. Doesn’t this deserve some kind ofrecognition? If you are grateful for what youhave now, if you experience love towards allthose things surrounding you, things thatmake your life easier, then you will be givingoff positive energy. Then, if you want to, youcould count on an improvement of your liv-ing conditions. And when you are movingaway, be sure to thank everything that sur-rounded you before in your old house. Even

167/463

things that you throw away deserve yourgratitude. In these moments, you are trans-mitting positive vibrations to the surround-ing world, and these vibrations will definitelycome back to you.

Second of all, start thinking about the housethat you would like to have. This is more dif-ficult to do than to get irritated with thingsaround you. But then, it’s also more useful.What is a better thing to do? To react as usu-al, like an oyster to external irritants, or tomake a little effort and change your habits?Look at real estate advertisements that fea-ture photographs and prospects of potentialfuture homes, visit interior design stores andlook for furniture that you would like to havein your house. In other words, let all yourthoughts be preoccupied with what you wishto have. We always possess things and en-counter situations that have a powerful gripon our thoughts. Our thoughts always re-turn to us like a boomerang.

168/463

There are so many examples that could illus-trate how a negative attitude can ruin one’slife. Let’s say you are planning a vacation in awarm country. But where you live now, theweather is absolutely terrible. You’re walkingthe streets, the cold wind is making youshiver and the rain is soaking your clothes. Itis, of course, hard to be overly joyous in suchweather. So, at least try to be neutral, ignor-ing this destructive pendulum. If you are act-ively expressing your dissatisfaction with theweather, then you are accepting the pendu-lum and you are making it swing higher.

You are telling yourself: “Well, soon I’ll begoing to a warm country and I’ll be so happyin the sun and in the warm sea. But as fornow, damn this swamp!” Thus, with such anattitude you’re not tuned to the life trackwhere heavenly relaxation is waiting for you.You won’t get there. You already have yourplane ticket, you say? Well, so what? You’llonly get to your destination, but either bad

169/463

weather or some other misfortune will bewaiting for you there. However, everythingwill be great if you only get tuned into a pos-itive frequency.

It’s obviously not enough to prevent negativeenergy from getting to you. You yourselfneed to avoid radiating such energy. For ex-ample, you were very annoyed and you yelledat someone. You can be sure that as a resultsome sort of problem will follow. In thepresent situation, the parameters of your ra-diation match the life track where you areannoyed. So, that’s exactly where you will be“transported”. On these tracks, the density ofunpleasant situations is higher than average.Don’t try to calm yourself with the justifica-tion that this unpleasant situation was actu-ally unavoidable. I don’t need to try to con-vince you or to prove anything to you. Justwatch how new unfortunate events seem tofollow any negative reaction that you have.

170/463

The conclusion from all of this is very simpleand clear: you will always find yourself onthe life tracks that correspond to your energyradiation. If you let negative energy in, un-pleasant things will happen in your life. Ifyou radiate negative energy, it will return toyou like a boomerang, only this time asproblems.

The Transmission

Instead of accepting a game with destructivependulums, look for pendulums where thegame will be of use to you. This means ac-quiring a habit of paying attention toeverything that is good and positive. As soonas you see, read or hear something good,pleasant, or reassuring – attach this to yourthoughts and feel happy. Imagine that youare walking in a forest: there are prettyflowers, but there are also poisonous thorns.Which do you choose? If you picked some

171/463

elderberry flowers, brought them home andput them in a vase, you’ll soon have a head-ache. Why would you ever need that? It’s justas harmful reacting to destructive pendu-lums. It would be better to pick some jas-mine blossoms, enjoy them and take in theirpleasant aroma. Bring everything positive in-to your life, and soon you’ll have more andmore good news and nice opportunities.

So you’ve been inspired and felt joy, but theneveryday life dragged you down once again.The holidays are over and working days areapproaching. How to keep the festive feel-ing? First, remember it. Out of habit, weplunge into colorless everyday life, forgettingabout the nice things in life and so it stopsbringing us pleasure. This is a bad habit.Pendulums make us forget.

We need to maintain the little flame of celeb-ration in us and we have to cherish that feel-ing. Simply observe how life changes for the

172/463

better, grasp for the tiniest straw of joy, lookfor good signs everywhere and in everything.This is, at least, not a boring thing to do. Youneed to remember that every minute thatyou spend with Transurfing, you are con-sciously moving closer towards your dream,and that means you are controlling your owndestiny. This notion alone will instill youwith calm, confidence and joy, and thusyou’ll always be on holiday. Once the feelingof being on holiday has become a habit, thenyou will always find yourself on top of thewave of success.

Be happy with everything you have in thepresent moment. I am not simply asking youto be happy by definition. Sometimes cir-cumstances are such that it’s very difficult tobe satisfied with life. But from an entirelypractical point of view, expressing your dis-satisfaction with something is a pretty un-constructive thing to do. After all, wouldn’tyou really want to be on the life tracks where

173/463

everything is working out perfectly for you?How will you ever get there if your radiationis full of discontent? The frequency of suchradiation corresponds exactly to the lifetracks that are bad for you, so the situationwill be quite the opposite of what you reallywanted. The good tracks are characterized bythe fact that when you are on them you feelgood and your thoughts are filled with joyand satisfaction.

Good news is not too exciting and is soonforgotten. Bad news, on the other hand, stirsup quite a response because it informs abouta potential threat. Don’t let bad news intoyour heart and hence, into your life as well.Shut yourself off to bad news and open your-self to good news. Any positive changeshould be recognized and carefully cher-ished. These are the forerunners of the waveof success. As soon as you hear even thesmallest piece of encouraging news, don’tforget about it immediately, as you used to

174/463

do, but do the exact opposite - savor it, talkabout it, pursue it. Think over this piece ofnews from all possible angles, take joy in it,build hypotheses on it and expect a positivedevelopment. In this way, you will be think-ing on the frequency of the wave of success,tuning into its parameters. As a result, therewill be more and more good news and lifewill get better. This is not mysticism and thisis not a quality of the human psyche to filterinformation in different ways, like when apessimist looks at the world through darkglasses, while an optimist looks at the worldthrough rosecolored glasses. This is reality:you are moving to the life track that corres-ponds to the parameters of your thoughts.

Being on good terms with yourself and thesurrounding world, you are transmittingharmonious emanations to the surroundingworld. You are creating around yourself anarea of harmonious vibrations whereeverything is turning out successfully. A

175/463

positive attitude always leads to success andcreation.

Negativism, on the other hand, is always de-structive and is always aimed at devastation.For example, there’s a category of peoplewho are looking for problems but not fortheir solutions. They are always ready to dis-cuss difficulties in a lively manner and findall kinds of new problems. Such people usu-ally have trouble actually suggesting a realway out, because from the very beginningthey are tuned not to the solution itself, butto the search for more difficulties. Their fixa-tion on the hunt for problems brings these inabundance, but the situation remains un-solved. The readiness to look for and criticizethe bad sides of things always brings the cor-responding fruits: a great deal of harm butno benefit. Look around and you’ll definitelyfind people like that. They’re not especiallygood people or especially bad people. They

176/463

are simply sitting firmly on the hook of de-structive pendulums.

Most people treat any unwanted event intheir lives with hostility. Usually, an un-wanted event to us is an event that is notpart of our own original script. And the op-posite is also true - we only believesomething to be successful if it correspondsto our expectations. Let’s say that a manmisses his plane and is very upset about this.Little does he know that the plane is going tocrash. But it can also be the other wayaround, when a man misses out on a fantast-ic opportunity just because it was not part ofhis plan or it was simply inconceivable.

The worse a person thinks about the sur-rounding world, the worse this world gets, atleast for this person. The more he gets upsetover his lack of success, the more failureswill come his way. “As a man sows, so shallhe reap.” If a person chooses to live his life

177/463

with a pessimistic view on things, then everyday he’ll be practicing Transurfing in re-verse: he is sliding along the life track, wherereal hell is waiting for him. Assume the posi-tion that is the exact opposite: rejoice in yourmisfortunes just out of spite, try to findsomething useful in your problems – this isalways possible. A glass is not half-empty, itis half-full. There is a trivial saying, “It’s allfor the best” and it works like a charm, if thatis what you really believe. You have to bestubborn in maintaining your positive atti-tude, refusing old habits of always gettingupset and depressed for any reason.

Every misfortune is, at the very least, a goodlesson that makes you stronger and more ex-perienced. Take joy in everything good thatis happening in your world, and it will turninto pure paradise. Of course, this is a veryunusual way of behaving. But your goal isalso very unusual – to become a genie that

178/463

grants his wishes. How can you achieve this,using ordinary methods?

Reacting positively is a difficult thing to do atfirst, because the old habit of reacting negat-ively to the undesired is strongly rooted inus. The main thing is to learn to rememberthat whenever an unfortunate event hap-pens, it is a pendulum trying to hook you. Assoon as you remember that you are able tomake a conscious choice: to give away yourenergy to the pendulum, having splashed outall of your negative emotions, or leave itemptyhanded and thereby gain a victory.

If you did remember, the fall through or ex-tinguishing the pendulum will already beeasy. We always unconsciously give away ourenergies to the pendulum. As was alreadymentioned, pendulums pull us by the stringsof our feelings, and our habits form the leverthat sets in motion the thought capturemechanism. Even after having read this

179/463

chapter and having set the goal to rememberthe foul game of the pendulum, you willagain react negatively to the unwanted.Then, of course, you will realize that in thatmoment you simply forgot about it and wereacting unconsciously, out of habit. Nonethe-less, as soon as you have remembered intime, the situation will be entirely underyour control. You’ll smirk to yourself: “Ah,it’s you, pendulum? Well, it won’t be thateasy for you to hook me up this time.” You’reno longer a puppet on a string. You are freeto make the conscious decision of either ac-cepting or rejecting the pendulum.

If you use this method with a high level ofpersistence and determination, eventuallythe new habit will replace the old. But mean-while, pendulums will try to get to you inevery possible way. You’ll notice how, as if onpurpose, a whole lot of annoying little nuis-ances will start popping up in your life. Don’tdespair, because the problems will mostly be

180/463

of a petty kind. If you won’t give up and ifyou will learn to remember, your victory willbe very impressive, you’ll see.

And this is what could happen: next time youencounter the wave of success, a pendulumwon’t be able to carry you away from it.Hence, the bird of happiness will stay in yourhands. And in order to lure it in, you mustgive off positive energy all around you. Thatis, you should not only be an exclusively pos-itive receiver, but a positive transmitter aswell. As a result, the world around you willbe changing very quickly for the better. Youwill be able to glide easily onto more andmore successful life tracks. In the end, thewave of success will come to you, sweepingyou along with it and bringing you directly tosuccess. But don’t be thinking that Transurf-ing is only limited to gliding on the wave ofsuccess. These are only the first steps. Manymore extraordinary discoveries are waitingahead.

181/463

Magic Rituals

In conclusion of this chapter, let’s look at oneparticular example where the method of tun-ing into the frequency of the wave of successis used. In various situations, people some-times unknowingly try to tune into thewave’s frequency. For example, in the begin-ning of the day, sellers are prepared to givethe first customer a significant discount.They intuitively feel that the first customer isvery important – it’s necessary to get thingsgoing, to initiate the trade and once the firstsale has been made this can be achieved. Inthe language of Transurfing, it means tuninginto the frequency of a track for successfultrading. It would be difficult to simply focusone’s thoughts on the frequency. But the firstcustomer gives real hope and faith, and thetuning thus happens on its own. The sellergets on the wave of successful trading andemanates thought energy with

182/463

corresponding parameters. He himself be-lieves that his goods will sell out quickly andhe needs only mention this to a customer,who then immediately gets “caught” by thisradiation and obediently makes the pur-chase, convinced that he got really luckytoday.

Let’s take one more example. Market sellersoften perform a peculiar magic ritual – theytouch their merchandise with money. Ofcourse, this action on its own is absolutelydeprived of power, therefore there is no realmagic taking place. However, if the seller be-lieves in the power of the ritual, his beliefalone will help him tune into the frequencyof successful trading. The actual tuning oc-curs on a subconscious level. The seller’smind is only aware of what is happening onthe outside: the ritual works but for someunknown reason. And it actually does work,not by itself, but as stage props. The mainpart is played by the actor’s thought energy.

183/463

Almost every profession has a similar“magic” ritual for different situations. Peoplebelieve in these rituals and use them success-fully, in order to tune into the frequency ofsuccessful life tracks and to get on top of thewave of success. Actually, it’s not importantwhat people believe in – in the magic qualityof the ritual or in the tuning process. As youknow, the only important thing is the prac-tical result.

Summary

The wave of success is an accumulation offavorable tracks in the space of variations.

The flow of fortunate events follows only ifyou have been inspired by the first success.

Destructive pendulums take you away fromthe wave of success.

184/463

Having freed yourself from the pendulums,you get the freedom of choice.

Receiving and transmitting negative en-ergy, you create your own hell.

Receiving and transmitting positive energy,you create your own heaven.

Your thoughts always return to you like aboomerang.

Pendulums won’t throw you off the wave, ifyou have the habit of remembering.

The habit of remembering is formedthrough a systematic practice.

185/463

CHAPTER IV

THE BALANCEPeople create their own problemsand obstacles, and then waste timeand energy on overcoming them.Contrary to popular belief,Transurfing shows that the reasonsto all of our problems lie on a differ-ent plane. How can we eliminateproblems from our lives? Carewithout worrying.

Excess Potential

Everything in nature strives towards a stateof balance. Drop in atmospheric pressure is

balanced out by the wind. Differences intemperatures are compensated for by heatexchange. Everywhere, where there could bean excess potential of any energy, balancingforces appear, directed at eliminating the im-balance. We’re so used to this being the nor-mal state of affairs that we don’t even askourselves: but why is it exactly this way andnot another? Why does the law of balancework? There is no answer to this question.

Overall, laws do not explain anything - theyonly state the obvious. All laws of nature areonly secondary to the law of balance. It is theprimary law (or at least so it seems). There-fore, it is not possible to explain why balanceshould exist in nature. To be more precise, itis impossible to explain where balancingforces come from and why they exist at all.After all, just because we are used to somephenomena, it does not mean that is exactlyhow things happen. We can only guess whatthe world would be like without the law of

187/463

balance: would it turn into some kind offormless jelly or into aggressive scorchingheat? However, the inappropriateness ofsuch a strange world cannot be the reason towhy the law of balance exists. So, we simplyhave to accept the law of balance as a fact,and stare in amazement at how perfect thespace around us is. At the same time,however, we would not have any idea aboutwhat the driving force behind all of this is.

We’re used to having good and bad luck inlife. We are also used to the idea that successis always followed by failure. These are allmanifestations of the law of balance. Afterall, both failure and success upset the bal-ance. Absolute balance is when there is abso-lutely nothing going on, but there are no ab-solutes. In any case, no one has yet been ableto observe an absolute state of balance. Theworld is full of constant fluctuations: day –night, high tide – low tide, birth – death and

188/463

so on. Even in vacuum, elementary particlesare constantly dying and being reborn.

The entire world could be viewed as a collec-tion of pendulums where some are swinginghigher, others are being dampened and allare interacting with each other. Each pendu-lum receives impulses from its neighborsand gives them its own in return. One of thefundamental laws controlling this entirecomplex system is the law of balance. In theend, everything strives towards balance. Youyourself are also a kind of pendulum. If youone day decide to upset the balance andmake a sudden swing in one direction, youwill affect neighboring pendulums and createannoyance around you, which will then turnagainst you.

The balance can be upset not only by actions,but also by thoughts, and not only becausethoughts usually precede actions. As youknow, thoughts radiate energy. Even in the

189/463

material world, everything is based on en-ergy. And everything that happens on the in-visible energy level is reflected in the worldof visible material objects. It may seem thatthe energy of our thoughts is too small to beable to have any effect on the world aroundus. But if that was the case, things would beso much easier.

Nevertheless, let’s not try to guess what’s ac-tually happening on the energy level, so wedon’t get completely confused. For our pur-poses, it is quite enough to accept the simpli-fied model of balance: if an excess energy po-tential appears, balancing forces arise toeliminate this potential.

Thought energy gives rise to excess potentialwhen some kind of object is given too muchsignificance. For instance, let’s compare twosituations: in one situation you’re standingon the floor in your room, and in the other -you’re standing on the edge of a cliff. The

190/463

first alternative doesn’t bother you at all. Yet,in the second alternative, the actual situationbecomes very significant to you – take onewrong step, and something irreversible willhappen. On the energy level, the fact that youare simply standing has the same signific-ance in the first case as in the second. But,being as you are on the edge of a cliff, feararouses tension in you, and so you create anirregularity in the energy field. The balancingforces will appear immediately, directed ateliminating this excess potential. You mighteven be able to feel their effect: on one side, amysterious force is pulling you down, whileon the other side, a different force is pullingyou away from the edge. After all, for the ex-cess potential of your fear to be eliminated,balancing forces either have to pull you awayfrom the edge or throw you off the cliff andput an end to it. So it is the action of theseforces that you are experiencing, whilestanding on the edge of a cliff.

191/463

On the energy level, all material objects havethe same significance. We are the ones thatgive them specific qualities: good – bad,happy – sad, attractive – repulsive, good –evil, simple – difficult and so on. Everythingin this world is subject to our evaluation. Byitself, evaluation does not create any irregu-larity in the energy field. Sitting an armchairall by yourself, you evaluate the situation:sitting here is safe, but standing on the edgeof a cliff is dangerous. Yet, in the current mo-ment, it does not concern you. You simplyevaluate the situation and therefore the bal-ance is not upset in anyway. An excess po-tential only arises if unreasonably great sig-nificance is given to an evaluation.

The magnitude of excess potential grows ifan evaluation, having a great significance, isgreatly distorting reality as well. In general,if the subject is very important to us, we areunable to evaluate its quality objectively. Forexample, an object of worship is always

192/463

overwhelmingly full of virtues, whereas anobject of hate is always full of flaws, and anobject of fear is always full of terrifying qual-ities. It turns out that thought energy is arti-ficially trying to create a certain quality thatwas never there in the first place. In suchcase, excess potential is created, which stirsup the wind of balancing forces.

Distorting reality, evaluation can be dis-placed in two ways: by giving the objecteither excessively negative characteristics orexcessively positive characteristics. However,just by itself a mistake in evaluation plays norole whatsoever. Again, notice the following– a displaced, incorrect evaluation will createan excess potential only if your evaluation isof great significance to you. Only the thingsand situations that are of importance to youspecifically will provide your evaluation withenergy.

193/463

Excess potential, although invisible and in-tangible, nonetheless plays a significant andeven treacherous role in peoples’ lives. Theactions of balancing forces in eliminatingthis potential give rise to the lion’s share ofproblems. The perfidy lies in the fact that aman often gets a result that is quite the op-posite of his intentions. Moreover, nobodyunderstands what is actually happening.Hence, we get the feeling that there is somekind of mysterious evil force at work, a kindof “Murphy’s law”. We have already touchedupon this question when we were discussingwhy we always get what we really don’t want.Let’s take a look at the next example that willshow us why the things we wish for alwaysslip away.

There is an erroneous opinion that if wewholly and completely devote ourselves toour job, we can achieve outstanding results.From the balance’s point of view, it’s be-comes completely apparent that to get

194/463

immersed in your work means to put thisvery same work on a scale and weigh itagainst everything else. The balance is dis-turbed and you won’t have to wait long forthe consequences. The result will be the dir-ect opposite of what was expected.

If working harder to you is making moremoney or raising your qualifications, then ofcourse, you would have to make an effort,and nothing terrible will happen because ofthat. But you’ve also got to know when tostop. If you are constantly feeling exhaustedand work has become a nightmare to you,then it means you need to slow down orchange your job altogether. Excessive effortswill definitely have a negative outcome.

Let’s take a look at how this all happens.Besides work, you have many other thingsthat you value: your house, your family, en-tertainment, your spare time and so on. Ifyou have put your job above everything else,

195/463

then you have created a very strong excesspotential. Everything in nature strives to-wards balance. Therefore, regardless of yourwill, forces will be manifested, taking care ofthe excess potential. And they can act in themost varied ways. For example, you get sick– there can be no talk about work until youget better. Maybe you would even get de-pressed, and why not? After all, you are for-cing yourself to do something that has be-come a burden to you. Your mind keepstelling you: “Come on, you have to get up, goto work and earn some money!” But yoursoul (the subconscious) is wondering: “Isthat really why I came into this world, to suf-fer and endure all kinds of pains? What do Ineed all of this for?” Finally, you’ll end upwith the chronic fatigue syndrome, whichwill put an end of any possibility of doing ajob. It’s like pulling the devil by the tail –there is no point.

196/463

At the same time, you may notice how otherpeople around you achieve greater resultsand they do so without much effort. It turnsout that, having reached a certain level, thesignificance that you attribute to your jobstarts maxing out. The more weight yourwork has for you, the more problems you willget. It will seem to you that having all theseproblems is just the normal way of things,“it’s all in working order”, so to speak. Thetruth is that you would have much fewerproblems if you only lowered your “bar ofimportance.”

There is only one conclusion we can drawfrom all of this: in order to eliminate any ex-cess potential you need to consciously reviewyour attitude to work. It is necessary for youto have some time off when you can do whatyou like, besides your job. Those who don’tknow how to relax don’t know how to workeither. Once you are at work, rent yourselfout. Give your job your head and your hands,

197/463

but not your heart. The pendulum of workneeds all your energy, but you came into thisworld not just to work. You will be muchmore productive and efficient at work if youeliminate your excess potential and freeyourself from pendulums.

While renting yourself out, make sure to actimpeccably. Don’t let yourself make even thesmallest blunders, which may allow others toaccuse you of recklessness. The impeccablebit concerns your performance at work.Renting yourself out does not at all mean tobe a slacker and take no responsibility foryour actions. It means to act detached, notcreating excess potential, but at the sametime do everything that is asked of you downto the smallest detail. Otherwise, you may bein for a bumpy ride. For example, there arealways people around you who, unlike your-self, really bury themselves in their work.They will sense subconsciously that you arerenting yourself out; that is you are no longer

198/463

working extremely hard but still manage toget a lot of things done. These diligent soulswill intuitively start looking for an opportun-ity to catch their rival making a mistake. Assoon as you make a mistake, they will imme-diately throw themselves on you. Whatevermistake you have made, it will probably beinsignificant, and therefore humiliating,when your colleges point it out. Somethinglike you being late for work, forgettingsomething or having missed something. Ifyou were engrossed in your work, they wouldoverlook your mistakes. But now they accuseyou of not caring enough about your job.

Similar situations could arise not only atwork, but also in your family or amongfriends. Therefore, when you are rentingyourself out, whatever situation it may be,it’s necessary to perform your duties flaw-lessly. Let your inner observer – theOverseer -come to your aid in this task .Otherwise, you will soon plunge into the

199/463

game once again. Your inner Watcherdoesn’t have anything to do with a split per-sonality. You’re simply noting to yourself, inthe background, what you are doing and howyou are doing it. We’ll return to this in sub-sequent chapters.

You could object to the above reasoning: ifyou should not be working excessively andconsequently, avoiding any excess potential,how can we then understand the expression,“putting your heart and soul into it”? It de-pends on the task at hand. “Burying yourselfin your work” could only be justified in onesituation, when the work itself is your goal.We’ll discuss later the topic what it means tohave a goal and what your goal is. So, in thecase where your work is your goal, it servesas a kind of tunnel leading you to success. Incontrast to the job you are doing for some-body else, such work pumps you with energyand fills you with inspiration and satisfac-tion. If you’re among those rare happy souls

200/463

whose work is exactly like that, then youhave absolutely nothing to worry about.

Everything mentioned above is completelytrue for studying as well. Later in thischapter, we will look at other life situationswhich create excess potential. We will alsolook at the consequences that follow the ac-tions of balancing forces.

Dissatisfaction andJudgment

Let’s begin with the topic of being dissatis-fied with oneself. You could be, for example,dissatisfied with your personal achievementsand qualities, but you could also be dissatis-fied with yourself, refusing to accept yourflaws and weaknesses. You can be aware ofthem but you shouldn’t be developing com-plexes because of them. But if your flawsreally bother you and become of great

201/463

significance to you, excess potential will becreated. The balancing forces will quickly getto work eliminating this potential. Their ac-tions can be aimed at the development ofsomeone’s virtues or at the struggle withtheir weaknesses. Consequently, a personwill be more inclined to do one or the other.Most often, the person will choose thestruggle, and having assumed such a posi-tion, it will turn against him. It’s pointlesstrying to hide one’s imperfections, but elim-inating them is difficult too. So, you get theexact opposite result and the situation be-comes worse. For example, trying to hide histimidity a man gets even shyer or he be-comes unduly familiar with strangers.

If a man is dissatisfied with his achievementsonly to the degree where it serves as a pushfor self-perfection, the balance is not dis-turbed. The world around him is not affectedby this relative dissatisfaction, but the innerchange in balance is compensated for by

202/463

positive actions. But if a man starts wallow-ing in self-reproach and resentment towardshimself or, even worse, he starts punishinghimself for whatever it is he doesn’t like inhimself, then a dangerous situation will takeform, where soul and mind are in conflict.Yet, the soul didn’t deserve this kind of treat-ment. The soul of any person is perfect andself-sufficient. All flaws and weaknesses thatyou have acquired are the flaws and weak-nesses of mind, not of the soul. However,this is such a large and complicated subjectthat it is worth writing a separate book aboutit. Here we’ll only make a note of the factthat being in conflict with oneself is an ex-tremely bad thing to do. The soul will with-draw into itself, while “reason will prevail”and this could result in a complete devasta-tion of one’s life. Just so that you do not haveto look for a psychoanalyst later – start withletting yourself go and forgive yourself for allof your flaws and weaknesses. If you are

203/463

unable to love yourself right now, then atleast stop fighting with yourself and acceptyourself as you are. This is the only way yoursoul will be an ally to your mind. And it is avery powerful ally indeed.

Alright, you say, I’ll leave all my flaws andweaknesses in peace, then how do I acquirevirtues? You don’t expect me to stop devel-oping as a person, do you? Of course, not!You are free to develop your virtues as muchas you want. We’re only talking about stop-ping the war with your flaws and weak-nesses. In a war like that you waste energy,not so much on supporting something use-less, but rather on supporting a very harmfulexcess potential. Once you’ve finally turnedaway from this struggle, the released energywill be directed at developing your virtues.

Even though all of this may sound extremelysimple, lots and lots of people waste anenormous amount of energy on the struggle

204/463

with themselves, trying to cover up their im-perfections. They are like titans that havedoomed themselves to bear this burden alltheir life. If only they allowed themselves toget rid of this heavy burden and be just theway they are, life would get so much simplerand easier. Their energies would be redirec-ted away from the struggle with flaws andweaknesses to the development of virtues.Moreover, the parameters of such radiationwould correspond to the life tracks wherevirtues triumph over flaws and weaknesses.Think about it. For example, how can youever move to the life track where you are ingood physical shape, if all your thoughts arefocused on your physical flaws? You get whatyou actively don’t want.

When you are unhappy with yourself, you getinto a conflict with only your soul – butwhen you are unhappy with the world, youget into a conflict with a large number ofpendulums. You know by now that there is

205/463

nothing good in being under their spell. Andwhen it comes to waging war with them –well, it is better not to think about it at all.

Dissatisfaction is an entirely material radi-ation. Its frequency goes well with those lifetracks where whatever it is that you don’tlike about yourself is pronounced even more.When you feel that you are being pulled to-wards these tracks, you become even moredissatisfied, and this continues until you getto the track where you are old, sick and in-capable of changing anything. The only thingleft for you is trying to find some comfort inwhining about this world together with oth-ers who are just like you, and in memories ofhow good everything was back in the olddays.

Every generation is convinced that life isworse now. No, life is worse only specificallyfor those in a given generation who are usedto wallowing in their dissatisfaction with this

206/463

world. Otherwise, humankind (after a num-ber of generations) would simply have rolleddown into a living hell. A rather depressingpicture, isn’t it? This is the first aspect of be-ing dissatisfied with the world, which leadsto life getting increasingly worse.

However, there is another aspect to thisharmful habit of showing dissatisfaction –and that is upsetting the state of balance.Regardless of whether your dissatisfaction isjustified or not it is creating an excess poten-tial in the energy space around you. This po-tential gives rise to balancing forces, whichwill strive to restore the balance. It would begreat if these forces worked in a way thatwould make things better. But, unfortu-nately, things usually happen the other wayaround. The balancing forces will try to be-siege you, so that your complaints about thisworld will be of as little weight as possible.This is much easier for them to do than tochange everything that you are displeased

207/463

with. Imagine what would happen if a rulerstarted actively expressing his dissatisfactionwith everything that was happening in hisstate. It’s not even important whether hismotives were good or bad. Such a rulerwould be removed or even physically des-troyed. The entire history of humankindserves as a confirmation of this.

Basically, the action of the balancing forceswill be directed at decreasing the influenceyou have on the world around you. This isextremely easy to do and it can be done usingall possible methods, like for instance by re-lieving you of your obligations, your job,your salary, your home, your family, yourhealth and so on. Can you see now how theolder generations end up with a life that is“worse than back in their days”?

Now let’s examine this question from a dif-ferent angle. One could argue that since thebalancing forces act to diminish the excess

208/463

potential of dissatisfaction, which is a negat-ive feeling, the opposite should be true aswell. In other words, it would seem that ifyou were very happy with the world aroundyou, then the balancing forces would dowhatever it takes to ruin your party or topush you back to wherever you came from.However, it does not happen unless, ofcourse, your joy turns into a “wide-eyed en-thusiasm.” Firstly, according to the law ofTransurfing, you are transmitting creativeenergy that transports you to positive lifetracks. Secondly, such energy is unable tocreate the destructive excess potential, whichthe balancing forces strive to eliminate. It’snot by accident that different philosophicaland religious interpretations of life have allcome to the same conclusion that love is thecreative force responsible for the existence ofour world. “Love” in this context is referredto in its general sense. Of course, the balan-cing forces were created by the same power

209/463

that has shaped the world. They strive tosupport the order in this world and they can-not be turned against the energy that hascreated them.

From Transurfing’s point of view, our habitof expressing dissatisfaction with smallest ofthings is a really bad one and it stops us fromgetting what we want. And the opposite istrue: the habit of constantly experiencinglittle joys, for the most varied and insignific-ant reasons, is a very good habit and will getus what we want. There is only one conclu-sion to be made - we must substitute our oldhabit with the new one.

How do you do this? Well, it is all verysimple. First of all, as trivial as it may sound,any misfortune is a blessing in disguise. Ifyou make it your goal to find something goodin things that appear negative to you – youwill reach your goal without further effort.Turn it into a game. If you play it constantly,

210/463

your old habit will quickly be replaced by anew one. This habit will be of great use toyou and a total nightmare to destructivependulums.

Second of all, if something really terriblehappens and the very thought of feeling anykind of joy seems completely unnatural andinappropriate, do as the old King Solomondid. He used to wear a ring with an inscrip-tion on the inside that was not visible to oth-ers. When something bad happened or whenSolomon would find himself in serioustrouble, he would read the inscription inside“This, too, shall pass.”

The habit of expressing dissatisfaction hasbeen developed in humankind much due tothe influence of destructive pendulums. Withnew habits, you’ll be generating positive en-ergy which will carry you to positive lifetracks like the flow of a powerful stream.

211/463

Let’s suppose that, having become inspiredwith the possibilities, you’ve started practi-cing the technique of substituting habits.Well, I have to tell you that soon you will no-tice how you’re practicing this less and lessregularly and from time to time you simplyforget that you wanted to change your habitsin the first place. This is unavoidable becausethese old habits are deeply rooted in you. Assoon as you start slacking off, the pendulumwill immediately find a way to upset you, andyou won’t even notice that you’ve just fed ityour energy. Don’t despair! If your intentionis strong, you’ll achieve whatever you wantand the destructive pendulums will, in theend, leave you in peace. You just need to re-mind yourself about your intention moreoften.

We are all guests in this world. Nobody hasthe right to be the judge of what he himselfdidn’t create. This affirmation should be un-derstood in the light of your relationships

212/463

with the pendulums. As mentioned earlier, ifyou start acting against the destructive pen-dulums that made you dissatisfied in the firstplace, then you will only be making thingsworse for yourself. You don’t have to be ameek little sheep, but you don’t have toopenly confront the world around you either.If the pendulum is acting against you per-sonally, you can apply the method of fallthrough or try to extinguish it. When it triesto get you into a battle with other pendu-lums, try to find out whether you really needto or not.

Let’s once again get back to the example withthe gallery where an exhibition was not toyour liking. Act as if you were at home, butdon’t forget that you are just a visitor.Nobody has the right to judge, but we allhave the freedom of choice. The pendulumbenefits from you expressing your dissatis-faction, whereas you would benefit fromsimply leaving the room and choosing

213/463

another exhibition to look at. I can alreadyhear your question: and what if there isnowhere to go? Pendulums made you believethat that is the case. This very book is actu-ally dedicated to the topic of how to get rid ofthis false limitation.

Dependent Relationships

Idealizing the world is the other side of dis-satisfaction. Looking at the world throughrose-colored glasses will make many thingsseem better than they really are. As youknow, when you think that there issomething somewhere, when in fact there isnot, excess potential is created.

To idealize means to overrate, to put on apedestal, to worship, to create an idol. Loveis the force that is creating and directing theworld, and it is different from idealizationbecause it remains passionless in essence, no

214/463

matter how paradoxical this may sound. Un-conditional love is a feeling without the rightof ownership, admiration without worship.In other words, it does not create a depend-ent relationship between the one that lovesand his object of affection. This simple for-mula will help to determine where the feel-ing ends and idealization begins.

Imagine that you are walking around in amountain valley that is overflowing withgreen plants, lustrous trees and flowers. Youare admiring this wonderful landscape, tak-ing in the aroma of this fresh, vibrant air andyour soul is completely happy and peaceful.This is love.

Then you start picking the flowers: you tearthem out from their beds and you crushthem with your hands, without thinking thatthey are alive. Then the flowers slowly die.Later on it occurs to you that you could makeperfume and cosmetics out of flowers, or that

215/463

you could simply sell them to others, ormaybe you decide to create a cult of flowersand worship them as idols. This is idealiza-tion, because in every case, dependent rela-tionships are created between you and theobject of your former love – the flowers.Nothing is left from the love that you oncefelt when you were simply enjoying thescenery, back there in the mountain valley.Can you feel the difference between thesetwo situations?

So, love generates positive energy that car-ries you to a corresponding life track, whileidealization creates excess potential, givingrise to the balancing forces that then strive toeliminate this excess potential. The action ofthe balancing forces is different in each case,but the result is the same. Basically, it can becharacterized as “removing the halo”. Thisalways happens, if you idealize something orsomeone. And, depending on the object andthe level of idealization, you get a strong or a

216/463

weak result – but it will always be a negativeone. Thus, the balance will be restored.

If love turns into a dependent relationship,then an excess potential is unavoidable. Thedesire to have what you do not have will cre-ate a “change of energy pressure”. Depend-ent relationships are identified by set condi-tions like “if you do this… - then I will dothis…” You can find plenty of similar ex-amples. “If you love me, then you’ll abandoneverything and come away with me to theworld’s end. If you won’t marry me, then itmeans that you don’t love me. If you praiseme, then I’ll be friends with you. If you won’tgive me your toy shovel, then I’ll kick you outof the sandbox.” And so on.

The balance is also disturbed whensomething is compared or contrasted tosomething else. “We are in this way, and theyare in a different way!” For example, nation-al pride: comparing the nation – with what

217/463

nations? The feeling of inferiority: compar-ing yourself – to whom? If something is putin contrast to something else, then the balan-cing forces will most definitely start elimin-ating the potential – positive or negative, itdoesn’t matter. Because you are the one cre-ating the potential, the action of these forceswill first of all be directed against you. Actionis directed either at “pulling apart” the con-tradicting parts, or at uniting them in a com-mon agreement or confrontation.

All conflicts are based on comparisons andcontradictions. At first, fundamental declara-tions are made: “They’re not like us.” Furtheron, it develops on its own. “They have morethan us – we need to take it away fromthem.” “They have less than us – we mustgive it to them.” “They are worse than us –we must change them.” “They are better thanus – we have to wrestle with ourselves.”“They act in a different way than we do – weneed to do something about that.” All of

218/463

these different comparisons will one way oranother lead to a conflict – starting with per-sonal, emotional discomfort and ending withwars and revolutions. The balancing forceswill strive to eliminate the emerged contra-diction with the help of reconciliation or con-frontation. But, because in the latter casependulums can always get a chunk of energy,they try to manipulate things so that a con-frontation will take place.

And now, let’s look at some examples ofidealizations and their consequences.

Idealizing andOverestimation

Overestimation is the attribution of personalqualities to someone who does not havethese qualities. On a mental level, this ap-pears in the shape of illusions that seemharmless at first. But on the energy level,

219/463

excess potential is created. Potential is cre-ated everywhere where there is an overflowof some kind of quantity or quality. Overes-timation is exactly that – creating mentalmodels of qualities that are not there. Thereare two possible alternatives here. The firstalternative is when the place is filled. That iswhen there is a specific individual who hasqualities attributed to him that are not hisown. In order to eliminate this discrepancy,the balancing forces must produce a counter-weight.

For example, a romantic and dreamy youngman imagines his beloved to be “an angel ofpure beauty.” But in reality it turns out thatshe is quite the material girl, she likes party-ing and is not at all interested in sharing thedreams of the young man in love. In any oth-er case when a man creates an idol and putsit onto a pedestal, eventually, the halo willcome off.

220/463

In connection with our topic, let me intro-duce the remarkable story about Karl May,an author of several books about the WildWest and the creator of such heroes as OldShatter-hand, Winnetou and others. KarlMay wrote all his novels in first person,which made the reader believe that the au-thor has actually been to the Wild West andhas taken part in all of the events that he ac-counts for in the book, therefore he must bea truly remarkable person worthy of admira-tion. The works of Karl May are so real andvivid that an illusion is created so completethat it seems to the reader that only someonethat has actually participated in describedevents could have written about them. Youread the books of Karl May and it is as if youare watching a movie. The stories in hisbooks are so compelling that Karl May hasbeen called “The German Dumas4”.

The many fans of Karl May were totally con-vinced that he was that same famous

221/463

cowboy, the Old Shatter-hand, just as he hadintroduced himself in his books. His fanswouldn’t allow any other conclusions to bemade. After all, they have found an object ofadmiration and imitation and the fact thattheir idol was living in the vicinity made iteven more interesting. Imagine their sur-prise when it became known that Karl Mayhad never been to America and, what’s more,he wrote several of his books while sitting injail. Thus, the halo came off and Karl May’sgreatest fans became his worst enemies.Well, and who is the guilty one here? Afterall, they created their idol and established adependent relationship – “You can be ourhero, only as long as everything in the bookis true.”

The second alternative, when there is no ob-ject to attribute the artificially created illu-sions to, an idealizing person will make upcastles in the sky and pretty daydreams. Thedreamer has his head in the clouds, trying to

222/463

escape the unattractive reality. By doing so,he is creating an excess potential. The balan-cing forces in this case, in attempt to destroythe castles in the sky, will constantly be con-fronting the romantic with the harsh reality.Even if he could attract a mass of people withhis ideas and create a pendulum, nonethelesshis utopia is doomed, because an excess po-tential has been created on an empty spot,and sooner or later the balancing forces willmake this pendulum stop.

One more example of when the object ofoverestimation exists only in the ideal world.Let’s suppose a woman is drawing up a pic-ture of the ideal husband in her mind. Themore convinced she is that he must be ex-actly in this way or that, the greater the ex-cess potential will be. And only a guy withthe opposite qualities to those of the perfecthusband will be able to destroy this excesspotential. And then the woman can onlywonder “What in the world was I thinking?”

223/463

The opposite is true as well. If a woman act-ively hates drunkards and rude people, it isalmost as if she falls into a trap, getting to-gether with an alcoholic or a rude fellow. Youget what you really cannot stand, and this isbecause you are radiating thought energy onthe frequency of the disliked object, creatingon top of it all an excess potential. Life oftenbrings together completely different peoplethat really seem to be unsuitable for eachother. This is how the balancing forces aretrying to extinguish the excess potential, bymaking the opposites of excess potentialattract.

The action of the balancing forces is espe-cially evident in children, because childrenare more sensitive than adults are to anychanges on the energy level, and thus theyact naturally. If a child is given too muchpraise, he will immediately start acting upout of spite. And if you begin to ingratiateyourself with him, he will start despising you

224/463

or, at least, he will never respect you. If youuse all your strength in an attempt to raisethe toddler to be a well-behaved and obedi-ent boy, then most probably he will end uphanging out with some dodgy street gang. Ifyou were to try to make some kind of geniusout of him, he’ll probably lose all interest inschool and studying. And the more you keepdragging your child to all kinds of afterschool activities and societies, the morelikely it is that he’ll grow up to be a dullperson.

The very best way of bringing up and relatingto children (and not only to children), whichwon’t result in any excess potential, is totreat them like guests. In other words, youshould be attentive to them, show them re-spect and give them freedom of choice, butyou shouldn’t allow them walking all overyou either. As much as you are a guest in thisworld, so you should treat the children asguests. If you accept the rules of the game

225/463

and don’t run from one extreme to another,you are allowed to choose anything thisworld has to offer.

Having a positive attitude towards others isas widespread as having a negative attitude.There is some balance in this case. There islove and there is hate. A smooth positive atti-tude will not result in any excess potential. Apotential is formed when there is a notice-able displacement relative to the nominalvalue. Unconditional love can be considereda zero on the scale of displacement. As youknow, unconditional love doesn’t give rise todependent relationships and it doesn’t createany excess potential. But that type of love inits purest form is rare. Basically, a dash ofeach of the following is added to pure love:the right of possession, dependence andoverestimation. It’s hard to refuse the rightof possession, because possessing your ob-ject of love is completely natural and rather

226/463

normal, as long as it doesn’t lead to either ofthe following two extremes.

The first extreme is the desire to have some-body you love who doesn’t belong to you atall and who doesn’t even suspect your desire.(You understand, of course, that I am notonly talking about the physical aspect of pos-session.) This is a classic case of unreciproc-ated love. Unanswered love has always givenrise to a lot of suffering. However, the mech-anism behind this is not as simple as it mayseem. Let’s go back to the example with theflowers. So you love walking among them,admiring them and it probably never oc-curred to you whether or not they love you.Try to imagine – what do the flowers think ofyou? Several not too pleasant suggestionsmight appear in your mind, such as: fear,danger, hostility or indifference. And whyshould they love you, after all? Or say, you’reburning with desire to hold them in yourhands, but it’s forbidden – they grow in a

227/463

public flower-bed or are too expensive.That’s it. Love is already out of the picture,but what remains is a dependent relationshipand negative emotions that have alreadystarted creeping in on you.

And so, the object of your love is in one placewhile you are in another and you want topossess the object of your love. In otherwords, you are creating an excess energy po-tential. You could assume that this potentialwould pull the desired object towards you,just like air masses, which move from areasof high pressure to areas of low pressure. Farfrom it! The balancing forces don’t care inwhich way a balance is achieved. Thus, theycan pick a different way of doing things –like moving the object of your love furtheraway and neutralizing you - that is, breakingyour heart. In addition to everything else,even when you’ll be experiencing small fail-ures, you will be more and more prone todramatize the situation (“she/he doesn’t love

228/463

me!”). Therefore, such thoughts will dragyou over onto a life track where mutual lovewill almost be impossible.

The stronger the desire to possess someoneyou love, or for your feelings to be reciproc-ated, the stronger will be the actions of thebalancing forces. Of course, if they choose anoption that brings you closer to your lovedone, then the story will have a “happy end-ing”. It is easy to determine the direction ofthe balancing forces when you’ve only star-ted to realize that you are in love: if you arereally worried about whether your love willbe reciprocated or not, and if something isn’tright from the beginning of the relationship,then you know that you need to radicallychange your tactics. More precisely, youneed to start loving without demanding a re-ward in return. Only then, the unstable fluc-tuations of the balancing forces could bepulled over onto your side and thus, begin towork for you. Otherwise, the situation will

229/463

break out of control like an avalanche, andthen it will be almost impossible to changeanything.

There is only one conclusion: if you wantyour tender feelings to be reciprocated, thenyou simply need to love and not try to beloved. Thus, firstly no excess potential will becreated, which means you would not have toworry about the fifty percent chance that thebalancing forces will work against you. Se-condly, if you won’t strive for reciprocity, youalso won’t have those uncontrollable dramat-ic thoughts about unanswered love – andyour radiation won’t drag you to the corres-ponding life tracks. On the contrary, if yousimply love without the right of possession,then the parameters of your radiation will fitthose life tracks where reciprocity exists.After all, there are no dependent relation-ships in reciprocated love. If you alreadypossess something, there is no point in get-ting upset about the right of possession. Just

230/463

imagine how much your chances of reciproc-ated love will increase, simply because youhave refused the right of possession! Besides,unconditional love is extremely rare, andthat alone is already intriguing and attract-ive. Wouldn’t it be nice if someone loved youjust like that without demanding anything inreturn?

The second extreme of the right of posses-sion is, of course, jealousy. Even in this case,the balancing forces have two ways of acting.If the object of love belongs to you already,then the first alternative is to bring you evencloser. In fact, some people even like it whentheir partner is jealous, to a certain degree ofcourse. However, the balancing forces haveone more alternative, and that is to ruin thatwhich gave rise to jealousy in the first place– namely love. Furthermore, the stronger thejealousy, the deeper will be the grave of yourlove. It would be like going from enjoying the

231/463

aroma of fresh flowers to producing perfumefrom them.

Everything we’ve talked about here relates toboth men and women. But this is not the endof it. We’ll return to the question of overes-timation and idealization when we’ll be look-ing at other concepts of Transurfing.Everything is so simple and, at the sametime, so complicated. Complicated, becausesomebody in love is unable to reason logic-ally and these recommendations will prob-ably be useless. Well, I in turn won’t get up-set because of that, as I refuse the right topossess your gratitude.

Contempt and Vanity

Judging other people is one of the more ef-fective ways to upset the balance, in particu-lar if in your judgment you despise otherpeople. On the energy plane, there are no

232/463

good or bad people. There are only thosewho obey the laws of nature and those whoupset “the status quo”. In the end, the latterwill always fall under the influence of forcesthat strive to restore the disturbed balance.

Of course, there are many situations where aperson deserves a certain judgment. Does ithave to be yours? This is not an idle ques-tion. If a man has brought harm specificallyto you, then above all, by so doing, he hasdisturbed the balance and therefore you arenot the source of an unhealthy potential, butan instrument of the forces that strive to re-store the balance. Thus, the disturber of thepeace will get what he deserves if you tellhim everything you think of him, or even dosomething specific about the situation (with-in reason, of course). However, if the objectof your judgment has not done anythingwrong, then you do not have the right to layany blame on him.

233/463

Let’s look at this question from a strictlybusiness point of view. You’ll agree that it’scompletely pointless feeling hatred towards awolf that tore a sheep to pieces, if you arewatching it on TV. The sense of justice isconstantly pushing us towards judging dif-ferent people. However, this quickly be-comes a habit and many people over theyears turn into professional prosecutors. Inthe majority of cases, you don’t have a cluewhat made the person behave the way hedid. Maybe you would have acted evenworse, if you were in his place?

So, as a result of such condemnation, you arecreating excess potential around yourself andwhy not? After all, that the worse the accusedone, the better must you be. Since he hashooves and horns, you must be an angel.Well, since you don’t have any wings yet,forces will get involved, striving to restorethe balance. The methods of these forces willbe different depending on the situation. But,

234/463

basically, the result will always be the same:you get a flick on the nose. Depending on theforce and type of your judgment, this hitmight be either barely noticeable, or sostrong that you subsequently find yourself onone of the worst life tracks.

You can probably come up with a long list ofpossible condemnations and their con-sequences but for clarity’s sake, I’ll list a fewexamples.

Never despise people, no matter what. Thisis the most dangerous form of condemna-tion, because you could find yourself in theplace of the despised person, due to the ac-tion of the balancing forces. To them, this isan easier and more direct method of restor-ing lost harmony. Do you despise bums andpoor people? You could lose your home andyour money and then the balance would berestored. Do you despise people who have aphysical disability? Not a problem – an

235/463

accident can be arranged for you too. Do youdespise alcoholics and drug addicts? Youcould easily find yourself in their place. Afterall, these people are not born that way – dif-ferent circumstances in life have forced theminto becoming who they are now. So whyshould these circumstances escape you?

Never condemn your colleagues at work forwhatever reason. In the best case, you’llmake the very same mistakes. In the worstcase – a conflict may spring up that won’tbring you anything good. You could be fired,even if you are absolutely right.

If you condemn another person just becauseyou don’t like him or the way he is dressed,you will find yourself on the ladder of “goodand bad”. Only you will be one step belowhim, because you are emanating negativeenergy.

236/463

If a person prides himself in his successes oris in love with himself there’s nothing wrongwith that. A general love for oneself is self-sufficient and therefore doesn’t bother any-one. The balance is disturbed only in the casewhen someone with an inflated selfesteemhas a scornful attitude towards the weak-nesses of others, their flaws or simply theirmodest achievements. Then love and pridein oneself turns into vanity. And again theresult will be a flick on the nose by the balan-cing forces.

Contempt and vanity are human vices. An-imals don’t know what these are. They areguided by expedient intention and thus, ful-fill the will of perfect nature. Wild nature ismore perfect than is the thinking man. Awolf, like all predators, does not feel hatredor contempt toward its prey. (Try to feelhatred or contempt towards a hamburger.)But people do build their relationships toone another mainly on excess potential. The

237/463

greatness of plants and animals consists inthe fact that they are not aware of theirgreatness. Consciousness has given manmany useful advantages, but also harmfulgarbage such as vanity, contempt, the com-plexes of guilt and inferiority.

Superiority andInferiority

The feelings of superiority or inferiority areboth dependent relationships in their purestform. Your qualities are being compared tothe qualities of others, thus inevitably an ex-cess potential is created. On the energy level,it’s not important whether you express yoursuperiority publicly or simply congratulateyourself in secret. There is no need for me totry to prove that public display of superioritywon’t bring you anything, except resentmentfrom the people around you. When you are

238/463

comparing yourself to others to your advant-age, then you are striving towards anartificial self-assertion at the expense of oth-ers. Such a striving always creates a poten-tial, even if it is simply a shadow of the ar-rogance that isn’t fully expressed. The actionof the balancing forces in this case will al-ways be a flick on the nose.

It’s obvious that when comparing oneself tothe surrounding world, a man is trying toprove his importance. But the actual sel-fassertion you get by comparing yourself toothers is illusory. In a similar manner, a flywould try to beat its way through a windowglass, while there is an open window rightbeside it. When a man strives to tell theworld of his importance, energy is spent onsupporting an artificially created excesspotential. Self-perfection, on the other hand,develops real virtues – the energy is notspent in vain and a harmful excess potentialis not created.

239/463

It may appear to you that the energy spenton comparing yourself with others is quiteinsignificant. In reality, there is enough en-ergy to support a rather strong potential.Here, the intention to direct one’s energy inone way or another plays the main part. Ifone’s aim is the wish to acquire virtues, thenthis intention will move the person forwardtowards the aim. If, however, one’s aim is todemonstrate all his “regalia” to the world,then the person will be like a car stuck in themud – pushing and tugging and not gettinganywhere, thus creating an irregularity in theenergy field. The world will be “stunned”with the display of regalia and as a result, thebalancing forces will come into play. They donot have much choice: they could either livenup the fading colors of the surroundingworld, or extinguish the shine of an inappro-priate star. The first alternative is, of course,too labor consuming. Only the second altern-ative remains. The balancing forces have a

240/463

number of ways of doing this. For them, it’sentirely unnecessary to deprive the ambi-tious person of his regalia. It’s enough topresent him with an annoying nuisance, inorder to knock the stuffing out of him.

We often perceive all nuisances, problemsand obstacles to be the integral parts of thisworld. No one is surprised that all of these,beginning with the tiniest problem and end-ing with very serious ones, are necessarycompanions of every person throughout hislife. We are all used to thinking that this isour world. In fact, having trouble is an an-omaly, an abnormal phenomenon. Wheretroubles come from and why they happen toyou are things that are often impossible tofigure out using pure logic. It turns out thatthe majority of troubles, one way or another,are brought forth by the actions of balancingforces, which are working at eliminating ex-cess potential that you or people around youhave created. You don’t realize that you have

241/463

created this excess potential and accept yourproblems as an unavoidable evil and don’tunderstand that this is simply the work ofthe balancing forces.

You can free yourself from most of yourproblems if you free yourself from the im-mense efforts that you are directing at sup-porting excess potential. A huge amount ofenergy is not only spent in vain, but it is alsoused to turn the balancing forces in such waythat the result becomes directly opposite toyour intentions. Therefore, you must simplystop beating your head against the windowglass, like the fly above, and re-direct yourintention to developing your virtues instead,without worrying about your position on theladder of superiority. Having freed yourselffrom the heavy preoccupation with your ownimportance, you will also free yourself fromthe influence of the balancing forces. Youwill have fewer problems and become moreand more confident in your own powers.

242/463

However, you must keep away all thoughtsabout you being able to control or manipu-late the world. Regardless of your positionon the social ladder, having taken the placeof the “almighty” you will definitely lose. Anattempt to change the surrounding worldwill disturb the balance. Active interferencewith the workings of the world will always af-fect the interests of a majority of people to acertain degree. Transurfing allows you tochoose a destiny without stepping on thetoes of others. This is much more effectivethan to forge ahead, trying to overcome allobstacles in your path. Fate is truly in yourhands, but only in the sense that you weregiven the ability to choose it and not tochange it. Many people have suffered defeatwhen acting as if they were the creators offate in the literal sense. There is no place forbattles in Transurfing. Thus, with a sigh ofrelief, you can “bury the hatchet of war.”

243/463

On the other hand, refusing superiority hasnothing to do with self-destruction. Belittlingone’s virtues is the other side of the superior-ity complex. On the energy level, whetheryou create an excess potential with a plus ora minus sign is not important. The size of thecreated potential is directly proportional tohow much a person’s evaluation of the worlddiffers from reality. Once the balancingforces encounter somebody’s attributed im-portance, they will act in such a way as to re-move it from its pedestal. In the case of lowself-esteem, they would force a person to tryto raise his falsely underestimated virtues.The balancing forces usually act in a straight-forward way and they do not really careabout the subtleties of human relationships.Thus, a man starts behaving unnaturally,which all the more highlights what he is try-ing to hide.

For example, teenagers can behave in a defi-ant and disrespectful way, and by doing so,

244/463

they are simply trying to make up for theirinsecurity. Shy people could be acting overlyoutgoing or impudently, in order to hidetheir shyness. People with low self-esteem,wanting to show the better sides of them-selves, can behave in an inhibited or affectedmanner. And so on. In any case, fightingyour hang-ups will bring consequences thatare by far more unpleasant than the hang-upitself.

As you understand by now, all these at-tempts to fight one’s weaknesses and flawsare in vain. It’s hopeless trying to fight lowself-esteem. The only way of avoiding itsconsequences is to eliminate the hang-up it-self. However, it’s actually quite difficult toget rid of it. Trying to persuade yourself thateverything is great with you is also pointless.You won’t be able to fool yourself. The meth-od of using “slides” will help you in this task,and we will get acquainted with it a little bitlater.5

245/463

At this point, it’s enough to simply under-stand that a preoccupation with one’s ownweaknesses and flaws, in comparison to thevirtues of others, works in the same way asthe desire to show off one’s relative superior-ity. The result will be the opposite of your in-tention. Don’t be imagining that everyonearound is attributing the same significance toyour deficiencies as you do yourself. Actu-ally, everyone is preoccupied only with them-selves, therefore you can easily throw this gi-ant weight off your back. Excess potentialwill then disappear, the balancing forces willstop aggravating the situation, and energywill be released.

It is not a question of fighting your flaws ortrying to hide them, but rather of compens-ating for them with other qualities. Lack ofbeauty can be compensated with charm.There are people who are physically quiteunattractive, but as soon as they start talk-ing, their listener becomes completely

246/463

enthralled. Physical flaws are compensatedwith self-confidence. Just remember howmany great people in history were rather un-attractive physically! Inability to communic-ate with others can be replaced with the abil-ity to listen. There is a saying: “Everyone islying, but it doesn’t matter, because no one islistening to anyone anyway.” Your eloquencemight interest people, but only as a last re-sort. Everyone, just like you, is preoccupiedexclusively with themselves and their ownproblems – therefore, a good listener towhom you could pour your heart out, is atrue find. I can give one piece of advice toshy people: protect this quality of yours, likeyou would a treasure! Believe me shynesshas a hidden charm to it. Once you decide tostop fighting your shyness, it will no longerbe a clumsy quality of yours and you will no-tice how people will start liking you.

Here is another example of compensating foryour less flattering sides. The imagined need

247/463

to “be cool” often pushes people to imitateothers who have achieved the status of a“cool guy”. Mindless imitation of somebodyelse’s script creates nothing more than a par-ody. Everyone has his or her own script. Youjust need to choose your own credo and liveby it. To imitate others in an attempt to gainthe “cool” status is just like using the methodof a fly beating against the window glass. Forexample, the leader in a group of teenagers isthe one that lives according to his credo. Theleader could only have become one becausehe freed himself from the obligation to askothers about how he should act. He doesn’tneed to imitate anyone, he simply has aworthy opinion of himself, he knows what heis doing, he doesn’t need to suck up to any-one and he doesn’t need to prove anything toanybody. Hence, he is free from excess po-tential and gets the deserved advantage. Inany group, the individuals that become lead-ers are the ones that live according to their

248/463

own credo. If a person has freed himselffrom the weight of excess potential, he hasnothing more to defend – he is internallyfree, self-sufficient and has more energy thanthose around him. These advantages, incomparison to other members of the group,make him a leader.

Can you see where the open window is loc-ated? Maybe you’re thinking, “none of this isabout me, I don’t suffer from any hangups”.Don’t try to fool yourself. Every person to agreater or lesser extent tends to create excesspotential around his persona. But if you fol-low the principles of Transurfing, superiorityand inferiority complexes will simply disap-pear from your life.

249/463

The Desire to Have andNot to Have

“If you want a lot – you’ll only get a little.”This little children’s taunt has some truth toit. Only, I would re-phrase it this way: “Themore you want, the less you’ll get.” Whenyou want something so much that you areready to risk everything you have in order toget it, you are creating a huge excess poten-tial, which upsets the balance. The balancingforces will throw you onto a life track wherethe desired object doesn’t exist at all.

If we were to describe what the behavior of aman that is obsessed with desire looks likeon the energy level, it would be somethinglike this. A wild boar is trying to catch a bluebird. He wants the bird so badly that he iseven drooling just thinking about it, loudlysnorting and rootling about impatiently.Naturally, the bird flies away. If the hunter

250/463

had simply been strolling nearby the bird,not paying any attention to it, he would havehad a pretty good chance of grabbing it bythe tail.

We could highlight three forms of desire. Thefirst form is when a strong desire turns into astrong determination to have what is desiredand to act accordingly. Then the desire is ful-filled. Moreover, the potential of the desiredisperses into space, because its energy isspent on performing the action. The secondform is the inactive, tormenting desire,which represents excess potential in itspurest form. It hangs there in the energyfield and, in the best case, it is simply wast-ing the energy of the sufferer, while in theworst case, attracts all kinds of problems.

The third form of desire, when a strong de-sire turns into dependence from the object ofthat desire, is the most insidious one. Attach-ing great significance to the desired object

251/463

automatically creates a dependent relation-ship, which gives rise to a strong excess po-tential. And a strong excess potential willautomatically summon balancing forces justas strong to extinguish it. Usually, peoplemake up following conditions: “If I achievethis, my situation will improve dramatically”,“If I don’t achieve this, my life will lose allmeaning”, “If I do this, I’ll show myself andeverybody else what I’m worth”, “If I don’tdo this, I’m worthless”, “If I could get this, itwould be great”, “If I don’t get this, it will bevery bad”. And so on.

Once you become dependent of the object ofyour desire, you are drawn into such a viol-ent whirlpool that you would simply get ex-hausted struggling to possess that object. Inthe end, you will not achieve anything andyou will just abandon your desire. The bal-ance is restored and the balancing forces areabsolutely indifferent to your suffering inthis situation. And all of this happened just

252/463

because of your strong need to have that de-sire fulfilled. The desire remained on oneside of the scales while everything else wason the other.

Your wish can be granted only if it takes onthe first form, when the desire is trans-formed into pure intention, free from excesspotential. We are all used to paying foreverything in this world nothing is free. But,in reality, we are only paying off our debtsfrom excess potential that we createdourselves. Everything is free in the space ofvariations. Since we are already using theseterms, then we can treat the absence of im-portance and dependent relationships as akind of payment. You can only buy “fulfilledwishes” using this payment. To transfer to alife track where the desired object is trans-formed into reality, the only thing necessaryis the energy of pure intention. We’ll talkabout intention later. Now, we’ll only notethat pure intention is the desire and action

253/463

combined into one without any excess im-portance. For example, your unrestricted in-tention to go down to the local newspaperstand for a magazine is pure intention.

The more you value a certain event, the morelikely it is that things will fail or go wrong. Ifyou attribute great importance to what youhave, and cherish it dearly, then the balan-cing forces will most probably take it away. Ifwhat you want to have is way too importantfor you, then don’t be hoping to get it. It’s ne-cessary to lower the bar of significance, thebar of importance.

For example, you’ve got a brand new car andyou’re absolutely crazy about it: you blow offlittle specks of dust, you take care of it, pro-tect it carefully, you’re terrified of any pos-sible little scratch – basically, you adore andworship your car. As a result, an excess po-tential is created. After all, you were the oneto attribute such great importance to your

254/463

car. But in fact, its importance is equal tozero on the energy plane. And unfortunately,as a result, the balancing forces will soonfind some schmuck to smash up your car. Or,being overly careful yourself, you will bumpinto something or other. Once you simplystop worshiping your car and start treating itlike an ordinary object then the risk ofsomething happening to it will be signific-antly minimized. Treating something like anordinary object doesn’t at all mean to neglectit or to be careless. You could be taking per-fect care of your car, without making an idolout of it.

The desire to have something has yet anotheraspect to it. There is the opinion that if youwant something very badly, then you can getwhatever you want. It could seem that a verystrong desire would bring you onto a lifetrack where it would be fulfilled. However,that is not the case. If your desire has trans-formed into dependence, into some kind of

255/463

psychosis or you are hysterically striving toobtain something, regardless of the cost,then somewhere deep down inside you, youdon’t believe in the fulfillment of your desire.Consequently, you are transmitting thoughtenergy with “strong interference.” If youdon’t believe in the fulfillment of your desire,you will try as hard as you can to convinceyourself that the opposite is true. Hence, youare forcing the excess potential even higher.There is a risk of spending your entire exist-ence on your “life-work”. The only thing tobe done in this case is to reduce the signific-ance of your aim. Go for it, in the same wayas if you would go to a newspaper stand for amagazine.

A strong desire to avoid something is a logic-al continuation of your dissatisfaction withthe surrounding world or yourself. Thestronger the need, the more powerful the ex-cess potential will be. The more you don’twant something, the more likely it is that you

256/463

will be confronted with it. The balancingforces are indifferent to the way the balanceis achieved. And there are two ways ofachieving the balance: one is to either getyou away from whatever it is you are tryingto avoid, the other way is to force you to getinto contact with it. It’s better to consciouslystop trying to avoid it, so that no excess po-tential is created. But that’s not all there is toit. When you are thinking about what youdon’t want, you are emanating energy on thetrack where it will definitely happen. You al-ways get what you actively don’t want.

Here is an example to illustrate what actuallyhappens when you actively don’t wantsomething. A man is attending a grand re-ception at the embassy, where everything ispompous, refined and delicate. Then sud-denly the man begins waving his handswildly about, stamping his feet and scream-ing desperately that he doesn’t want to betaken out of here this very moment.

257/463

Naturally, security guys appear and grab theweird fellow, who is resisting and crying, buthe is nonetheless escorted out immediately.This is, of course, a rather exaggerated pic-ture of reality, but on the energy level this isexactly what happens, down to the intensityand proportions of the forces involved.

Let’s look at one more example. Suppose thatin the middle of the night you wake up fromthe noise your neighbors are making. Youreally want to sleep, you have to go to worktomorrow, but it seems like your neighbor’sparty is just getting started. The more youwould want them to shut up, the more likelyit is that the party will go on. The angrieryou’ll get the more violent and noisy theparty will become. If you start hating them toa certain degree, it’s guaranteed that suchnights will be more and more frequent. Tosolve this problem, you can apply the meth-od of making the pendulum fall through orextinguishing it. You will extinguish the

258/463

pendulum if you’ll see the situation as ironic.And you could also simply ignore the situ-ation, without displaying any emotion or in-terest in it. Then the pendulum will fallthrough and no potential will be created.Take comfort in the awareness that you havea choice and you know how to use it. Soonthe neighbors will settle down. This is how itall works, so you can go ahead and test it.

Now you are able to analyze any past situ-ation and determine whether you overestim-ated the significance of something and whatproblems you’ve gotten as a result. If thingsare absolutely terrible, never mind the over-estimated significance for now, shake offyour dependent attitude and start persist-ently transmitting some positive energy. Theworse it is now, the better. This is how youcould assess the situation if you feel thatyou’ve suffered a great defeat. Be happy! Inthis situation, the balancing forces are onyour side because their job is to compensate

259/463

bad with good. It can’t be bad all the time,just as it can’t be good all the time. No onecan spend their whole life flying on the waveof happiness. So, this is what a really badsituation would look like on the energy level,if you started to make some consciouschanges: you were attacked, cursed at,everything you had on you was taken, yougot beaten up, then all of the sudden youwere given a bag full of money. The greateryour loss was, the more money you’ll find inthe bag.

Feeling Guilty

Feeling guilty is an excess potential in itspurest form. The thing is that concepts suchas good or bad don’t exist in nature. To thebalancing forces, good or bad deeds are equi-valent to each other. The balance will be re-stored in every case, whenever an excess po-tential is created. You’ve done something

260/463

bad, you become aware of the nature of yourdeed, you then feel guilty (“I should be pun-ished”) – an excess potential is created.You’ve done something good, you becomeaware of the nature of your deed, you thenfeel proud of yourself (“I should be rewar-ded”) – an excess potential is also created.The balancing forces don’t have an idea ofwhy someone has to be punished or rewar-ded. They only eliminate the produced irreg-ularities in the energy field.

The payment for feeling guilty will always bepunishment of one kind or another. If youdon’t feel guilty then the punishment maynot be coming. Unfortunately, being proudof yourself when you have done somethinggood will also lead to punishment and not re-ward. This is because the balancing forceshave to eliminate the excess potential ofpride, while a reward would only reinforce it.

261/463

When other “proper” people are making youfeel guilty, the excess potential will besquared. It is enough that your consciencebothers you, but now there is the wrath ofthe “righteous ones” to bear as well. And fi-nally, an unwarranted feeling of guilt that isrelated to the innate tendency of “always be-ing to blame for everything,” creates thebiggest excess potential. In this case, it isquite pointless to be conscience-stricken.After all, the reason for your guilt was madeup. Having a guilty conscience can really ru-in your life, because you would constantly beunder the influence of the balancing forces.In other words, you would always be pun-ished in various ways for your imaginedwrongdoings.

That’s why there is a saying: “Impudence isthe second happiness”6. In general, the bal-ancing forces won’t do anything to peoplethat are not conscious-stricken. Nonetheless,we would really want God to punish those

262/463

scoundrels. It would seem that justice has toprevail and evil must be punished. Even so,nature doesn’t know anything about a senseof justice, as sad as it may be. On the con-trary, the decent people with an inherentfeeling of guilt are the ones to constantly facemisfortunes. Whereas shameless and cynicalscoundrels get away with almost anythingwithout being punished, and what’s more,they often get rewarded for their “efforts”.

So, feeling guilty will always produce a pun-ishment script and it does so even withoutyour knowledge. By following the script, yoursubconscious will make you pay. In the bestcase, you will get a few cuts or bruises, ormaybe you’ll have some kind of problem.And in the worst case, you could have an ac-cident that will have serious repercussions.This is what the feeling of guilt does for you.It brings only destruction, and there is noth-ing useful or creative about it. You don’tneed to torture yourself with a guilty

263/463

conscience – it won’t be of any help to you.It’s better to act in such a way so that youwon’t feel guilty later. And once you’ve donethat, it is meaningless to continue torturingyourself in vain, as it won’t make anyone feelbetter.

The Bible’s Ten Commandments are notmorals in the sense that you have to behaveyourself, but they are rather recommenda-tions about how one should act in order notto disrupt the balance. We are the ones whoaccept the commandments with our basicchildlike mindset, as if our mother told usnot to be naughty, or we would have to goand stand in the corner. On the contrary, noone is going to punish those who are up to alittle mischief. By disturbing the balance,people create their own problems. And thecommandments only warn us of that.

As we already talked about earlier, the feel-ing of guilt serves as a string by which a

264/463

person can be pulled by pendulums and, inparticular, by manipulators. Manipulatorsare people who act according to the formula:“You should do whatever I say becauseyou’re guilty” or “I’m better than you are, be-cause you are wrong”. They are trying to im-pose a feeling of guilt onto their “charges”, sothat they’ll have power over them, or fortheir own self-assurance. On the outside,these people appear “proper.” Their concep-tions of what is good and what is bad wereestablished long ago. They always speak truewords, thus they are always right. All theiractions are also flawless and entirely proper.

However, we must say that not all properpeople have a tendency to manipulate. Sowhere do the manipulators get their need tolecture and guide their charges from? It isconditioned by the doubts and uncertaintiesthat are constantly tormenting their hearts.They skillfully hide this inner struggle fromthe world around them as well as from

265/463

themselves. The lack of an inner core ofstrength, which the truly proper people pos-sess, forces the manipulator to seek self-as-surance at the expense of others. The need tolecture and to direct others stems from thedesire to strengthen their own position, andthey are doing so by belittling their charges.Thus, dependent relationships are created. Itwould be wonderful if the balancing forcesgave the manipulators what they deserve.However, an excess potential will only arisewhere there is tension, but no moving en-ergy. In this case, a charge would give themanipulator his energy. Thus there is no po-tential and the manipulator is free to act asthey like and get away with it.

As soon as somebody shows that he is readyto take on the feeling of guilt, the manipulat-ors will immediately stick to this person andstart sucking his energy. In order to avoidtheir influence, you simply have to refusefeeling guilty. You’re not obliged to justify

266/463

yourself in front of anybody and you don’towe anything to anybody. If you are at fault,you can bear the punishment, as long as youdon’t remain the guilty one. Don’t you oweyour loved ones something? Again the an-swer is no. After all, don’t you care aboutthem because you are convinced that it is theright thing to do, and not because you haveto? This is a different matter entirely. If youare prone to justifying yourself, you have tostop doing that. Then the manipulators willknow that there is no way they can hook onto you, and so they will leave you in peace.

By the way, the feeling of guilt is the primarycause of the inferiority complex. If you feelinferior in something that means this inferi-ority is created when you are comparingyourself with others. The investigation canbegin, in which you will be the judge of your-self. However, it would only seem that youare the judge. Actually, something entirelydifferent is going on. From the beginning,

267/463

you are predisposed to take on the blame –it’s not even important for what exactly.Basically, you agree to be the guilty one. Andif that is the case, you’ll also agree to the factthat you can be found guilty and punished.When you are comparing yourself to others,you are giving them the right to be superiorto you. Do note that you handed them thisright yourself, you were the one to allow theothers to think that they are better than youare! More than likely, they probably don’teven think so in the first place, but you do.You have decided to be judge of yourself, inthe name of others. So, of course, that iswhat you get, namely people will startjudging you, because you put yourself ontrial.

Take back your right to be yourself and getup from the chair of the defendant. No onewill dare to judge you if you don’t consideryourself guilty. Only you, by your own goodwill, give the privilege of being your judge

268/463

and jury to another person. It may seem thatI am simply appealing to your emotions, dis-torting facts in order to win you over. Afterall, if someone has substantial and real flaws,then won’t there always be people who willpoint that out? Yes, most certainly there willbe. But, they will only do so if they feel thatyou are predisposed to taking on the blamefor your flaws. If for only a second you willconsider yourself guilty of being worse thanothers are, they will definitely feel it. And theopposite, if you are free from the feeling ofguilt, nobody would think of selfassertingthemselves at your expense. You can seethat, in this situation, an excess potential canhave a very subtle impact on the surroundingenvironment. This is hard to believe usingonly common sense. However, I won’t beable to prove anything using only words. Soif you don’t believe it – put it to the test!

There are two more interesting aspects tofeeling guilty: power and courage. People

269/463

who feel guilty always subject their will tothe will of people who don’t feel guilty. If Iam potentially ready to admit to being guiltyof at least something, subconsciously I’mready to endure punishment and thus, I’mready for subordination. And if I never feelguilty, but I have the need to assert myself atothers’ expense, I’m ready to become a ma-nipulator. I am definitely not trying to saythat the world is divided into manipulatorsand string puppets only. I just want you tohave a look at the pattern. Rulers and leadershave the very least developed sense of guilt,if it exists at all. Feeling guilty is a foreignconcept to cynics and other people, deprivedof a conscience. Their method is to wadethrough slaughter and to walk over otherpeople. It’s not surprising that unscrupulousindividuals very often come to power. Again,this doesn’t mean that power is bad or thatall people in power are bad. Maybe your hap-piness also lies in becoming a favorite of the

270/463

pendulum. Everyone decides for himself orherself what to do with their conscience – noone else has the right to tell you what youshould do. In any case, however, you mustsay no to the feeling of guilt.

The other aspect of feeling guilty is boldnessand it is a sign of an absent feeling of guilt.The essence of fear lies in the subconscious,and fear is not only caused by the frightening“unknown” but also by a dreaded punish-ment. If I am “guilty,” I theoretically agree tobear punishment, and therefore I am afraid.Indeed, brave people are never tormented bytheir conscience and they don’t even sufferfrom the least sense of guilt. They have noth-ing to be afraid of, because their inner judgehas declared that they are right. Quite theopposite is true for the timid victim: I’m notsure that I’ve acted correctly, I could be con-sidered guilty and everyone has the right topunish me. Even the tiniest, weakest andmost deeply hidden feeling of guilt will open

271/463

the subconscious gates for punishment. If Iam feeling guilty, it means I agree in theorythat all sorts of robbers and bandits have theright to attack me, and therefore I am afraid.

People have come up with one interestingway of dissolving the excess potential ofguilt, namely, asking for forgiveness. This ac-tually does work. If a person is carrying thefeeling of guilt inside, he is striving to retainnegative energy and is thus pumping up theexcess potential. Having asked for forgive-ness, a person releases the potential and al-lows the energy to dissipate. Asking for for-giveness, admitting one’s mistakes, prayingfor one’s sins, confession – all these aremethods for getting rid of the excess poten-tial of guilt. Writing a pardon, a man would,in a way, free himself of his own accusation,and he would thus, feel better. The only im-portant thing is to make sure that one’s re-morse doesn’t turn into a dependence onmanipulators. They are just waiting for this

272/463

to happen. Having asked for forgiveness, youhave admitted your own mistake in order tothrow the potential off. Manipulators willstrive to remind you of your mistake manytimes in the future, trying to provoke so thatyou maintain this feeling of guilt. Don’t givein to their provocations - you have the rightto ask for forgiveness but only once and nev-er more.

Refusing to feel guilty is the most effectivemeans of survival in an aggressive environ-ment: in jail, in a gang, in the army, on thestreet. It’s not an accident that the criminalworld has the following unspoken rule:“Trust no one, fear nothing, don’t ask foranything.” This rule urges you to avoid creat-ing excess potential. Guilt lies at the heart ofall potential that won’t be of any good to youin aggressive environments. You could pro-tect yourself by demonstrating your strength.In a world, where the strongest survives, itwill work. But this is a rather general method

273/463

of dealing with things. There is a much moreeffective way – the elimination of any idea ofpotential punishment from your subcon-scious. The following example illustrateswhat I mean. In the former Soviet Union,political prisoners were intentionally jailedwith common criminals, to break their spir-its. But what happened was that many of thepolitical prisoners, all being remarkable indi-viduals, did not become victims of the har-assment and persecution, and not only that,but they also earned respect and authorityamong the criminals. The thing is that indi-vidual independence and dignity are valuedmore than strength. Many people have phys-ical strength, but to possess individualstrength of character is a rare phenomenon.The key to one’s personal dignity lies in theabsence of any feelings of guilt. Genuine in-dividual strength does not lie in the ability tograb someone by the throat, but in the extent

274/463

to which a person can allow himself to befree from the feeling of guilt.

Anton Pavlovich Chekhov, the renownedRussian writer once said: “Drop by drop I amsqueezing the slave out of me.” This phrasehighlights an ambition to get rid of any feel-ing of guilt. To get rid of means to fight it.However, in Transurfing, there is no placefor struggle or forcing yourself to dosomething. The other way is more prefer-able: to say no. That is, to choose. You don’thave to squeeze the feeling of guilt out ofyourself. It’s enough to simply live in accord-ance with your own credo. No one has theright to judge you. You have the right to beyourself. If you allow yourself to be you, theneed to justify yourself will no longer be rel-evant and the fear of being punished willfade away. This is when a truly remarkablething will happen: no one will ever againdare to offend you. Moreover, it will still bevalid regardless of your location – in prison,

275/463

in the army, in a gang, at work, on the street,in a bar or wherever. You will never againend up in a situation where somebody willthreaten you with violence. From time totime, others will be subjected to violence inone way or another, but you will not, becauseyou’ve thrown out the feeling of guilt fromyour subconscious and hence, on the presentlife tracks, scripts for violence simply don’texist. That is the way it is.

Money

It’s hard to love money without trying to pos-sess it. Therefore, in this case it’s practicallyimpossible to avoid dependent relationships.We can only try to keep them to a minimum.Be happy if you have money. But don’t everbe killing yourself over not having enoughmoney or over spending it, otherwise youwill have less and less of it. If a persondoesn’t earn much money, then his typical

276/463

mistake will be moaning about how there isnever enough money. The parameters ofsuch a radiation correspond to financiallypoor life tracks.

It is especially dangerous to give in to theanxiety that you have less and less money.Fear appears to be one of the most energetic-ally rich emotions. Thus, by experiencingfear of losing money or being afraid of notearning enough, you will be most effectivelytransferred to a track where there actuallywill be less and less money for you. If youhave fallen into this trap, it’s won’t be easy toget out, but it’s possible. So, in order to es-cape the “money trap” it’s necessary to elim-inate the cause of the excess potential, whichyou have created yourself. And what causesthis excess potential is usually an extremedesire to have money or to be dependent onit.

277/463

For starters, accept what you have and besatisfied with it. Remember that it could al-ways be a lot worse. You don’t have to rejectthe desire to have money. You just have toaccept the fact that money is not flowing toyou like a river for the moment being. Ap-proach it as a player, who can at any momentbecome incredibly rich or lose everything hehas.

Many pendulums use money as a universalmeans for paying off their adherents. It is theactivity of pendulums that has specificallyled to the widespread money fetish. Moneyhelps us to have a good life in the materialworld. Almost everything can be bought andsold. All pendulums pay with money – nomatter which one you pick. But there is ahidden threat here. Having bitten the falselyglittering bait, you could very easily make aturn onto the life tracks that are located faraway from your happiness.

278/463

Pursuing their own interests, pendulumshave created the myth that in order to getanything you need to have means. In thisway, the aim of each individual person is re-placed with an artificial substitute – money.The person can get money from differentpendulums, thus he is not thinking about hisown aim, but about money and thus, he fallsunder the influence of a pendulum that is ali-en to him. The man no longer understandswhat he personally wants from his life, andinstead he joins the useless race for money.

It is very profitable for the pendulums whenthings work this way, but man becomes de-pendent on money and pendulums, and thusloses his way. Working for an alien pendu-lum, he will never get much money becausehe is serving somebody else’s goal. Manypeople find themselves in a situation likethat. Hence, the myth that wealth is a priv-ilege of the few. But in fact, any person could

279/463

get rich, as long as he is pursuing his owngoal.

Money is not the goal and it is not even ameans for reaching the goal. It is only an ac-companying attribute. The goal is what aperson wants out of life. Here are a few ex-amples. To live in one’s own house and growroses; to travel around the world, to seefaraway places; to catch trout in Alaska; to goskiing in the Alps; to raise horses at one’sown farm; to enjoy life on one’s own islandout in the ocean; to become a movie star oran artist.

It’s obvious that certain goals can beachieved only if you have a bag of money. Sothe majority of people do exactly that – theyare trying to get this bag. They think aboutmoney, leaving the goal itself in the back-ground. According to the principles ofTransurfing, they are trying to get to a lifetrack where the bag of money awaits them.

280/463

But, working for somebody else’s pendulum,it’s very hard to get the bag of money orrather, it is impossible. So what happens isthat you won’t get any money nor will youreach your own goal. It can never be in anyother way, because your thought energy isdirected at an artificial replacement and notat your true goal.

If you believe that your goal can only beachieved if you are rich – send that require-ment to hell. Let’s suppose you want to travelaround the world. It’s obvious that in orderto do that you need a lot of money. To getwhat you want you need to think about thegoal itself and not about money. Money willcome by itself, because it is a complementaryattribute. It’s that simple. It sounds im-possible, doesn’t it? However, that is the caseand soon you will see that for yourself. Pen-dulums, pursuing their own benefit, turnedeverything upside down. It’s not the goal thatis achieved with the help of money, but it is

281/463

money that will come to you on your way toyour goal.

You know now how strong the influence of apendulum can be. This influence gave birthto a whole heap of deceiving facts and myths.And even now, reading these lines, you couldobject: but it is obvious that first a man hasto become a major industrialist, or a banker,or a movie star, and only then can he becomea millionaire. Exactly! However, only thosepeople became millionaires, who did nothave wealth on their mind, but their goal.Most people act in a completely oppositeway: they either serve somebody else’s goal,or they replace their goal with an artificialsubstitute, or they reject their goal com-pletely because they simply don’t have themoney and thus do not fulfill the conditionof being wealthy.

In reality, there are no limitations to wealthand riches. You could want absolutely

282/463

anything. If it is truly yours, you will get it. If,on the other hand, the goal of havingsomething has been imposed on you by apendulum, you will get nothing. We’ll lookmore closely at goals later.7 I’m getting alittle ahead of myself here, as otherwise itwouldn’t make sense, because there is prac-tically nothing more I could say aboutmoney. Again, I repeat that money is nothingbut a complementary attribute on the way toyour goal. Don’t worry about the money. Itwill come to you automatically. The mainthing now is to lower the importance of yourcapital to a minimum, so that no excess po-tential will be created. Don’t think about themoney – think only about what you want toget.

At the same time, you should not ignoremoney but instead you should treat it care-fully. If you see a minor coin on the streetand you are too lazy to pick it up, then youdon’t value money at all. The money

283/463

pendulum will probably not be very predis-posed towards you, if you treat its attributescarelessly.

You don’t have to worry when you are spend-ing money. The money is fulfilling its mis-sion when you are buying something. If youhave made the decision to spend somemoney, don’t regret it later. Striving to saveup a tidy sum of money and spend as little aspossible will only produce a strong potential:the money is accumulating in one place anddoesn’t go anywhere. In that case, it’s verylikely that you will lose everything. Moneyshould be spent sensibly, so that there issome movement in the energy field. In aplace where there is no movement, a poten-tial will appear. It is not a coincidence thatwealthy people get involved in the work ofcharitable organizations. That is how they goabout reducing the excess potential fromtheir accumulated wealth.

284/463

Perfection

So, let’s finally look at the most ambiguousand paradoxical case of disrupted balance.Everything starts small, but can end up withthe heaviest of consequences. Usually, eversince childhood we were taught to doeverything thoroughly, carefully, doing ourbest. As children, we are taught to be re-sponsible but we are also taught what is goodand right and what is bad and wrong.Without a doubt, this is the way it should be– otherwise there would be an entire army ofslobs and slackers. But all of these notionsthat were fostered in us since we were chil-dren are so deeply rooted in the hearts of themost zealous pendulum adherents, that theymake these notions a part of their persona.

Striving for perfection in everything can be-come an obsession to some people. Their lifeis a constant struggle. Guess what they are

285/463

struggling with? The balancing forces, ofcourse. Having the aim for everything every-where to be perfect creates certain complica-tions on the energy level. And this is becausethe evaluations those people make are dis-placed and hence, excess potential is created.

There is nothing bad about always trying todo your best in everything. But if you make itoverly important, then the balancing forceswill be right there. They will simply ruineverything. In addition, this will create abackward loop and you will get more andmore obsessed with perfection. You wantperfection, but get the opposite, so you’lldesperately try to fix everything, but theneverything will get even worse. In the end,striving for perfection turns into a habit, andit could also develop into a mania. The life ofa perfectionist would turn into a constantstruggle, and this would automatically pois-on the life of those around him, because aperfectionist is not only demanding of

286/463

himself, but also of others. This is evident inhis intolerance for the habits and tastes ofothers, which is often the cause of small con-flicts that sometimes turn into big ones.

If you were not involved in the situationyourself, you would probably appreciate thewhole absurdity of someone trying to be per-fect in everything, terrorizing everyonearound him. However, the perfectionist hasgrown so much into his role that he startsthinking that he is the one without sin, flaw-less and right in everything he does. In asense, he is telling the rest of the world “Inmy striving to be a role model, I am a rolemodel already.” The perfectionist might noteven admit to it, because he knows that asense of one’s own excellence doesn’t sit wellwith the generally accepted idea of perfec-tion. However, “the feeling of being rightabout everything” is rooted very deeply inthe subconscious of such a perfectionist.

287/463

At this point, the perfectionist is dangerouslyclose to the temptation of appearing beforehumanity as the supreme judge, decidinghow and what all the other lost souls shouldbe doing. Of course, the perfectionist willeasily give in to this temptation. After all, thefeeling that he is always right would justifyhis actions, while his righteous desire to seteverybody on the right path would give himenough motivation to embark on his crusade.

From this moment on, “the destiny maker”,having wrapped himself in a mantle, giveshimself the right to judge and condemn oth-er people. In reality, such a trial, of course,doesn’t go beyond common preaching andaccusation making. However, on the energylevel, the most powerful excess potentialtakes form. “The judge” takes on a mission,deciding how these foolish, useless beingsshould behave themselves, what they shouldbe thinking, what they should value, whatthey should believe in and what they should

288/463

strive for. If some puny creature suddenlydecides that he has his own opinion on thesubject, then he needs to be put back in hisplace, and if he shows any resistance – thenhe has to be put on trial, sentenced andlabeled, so that everyone will know who iswho.

I’m confident that your portrait, dear Read-er, is very far from the one drawn of theidealist here. This book wouldn’t fall into thehands of a fool, who is convinced that he isalways right. He knows already how every-one should live his or her life, so in this re-spect he never doubts. However, if you meeta person like that, have a closer look at thisspecimen. It may be rather interesting, as be-fore you will be a case of the grossest dis-turbance of balance. We are all guests in thisworld, everybody is free to choose their ownpath, but no one has the right to judge oth-ers, to sentence them or to put labels onthem (we’ll leave aside criminal law).

289/463

That’s the way it is. Everything seemed so in-nocent in the beginning, a simple strive forperfection, but it ends with someone claim-ing privileges of a master. Therefore, eventhe resistance of the balancing forces, thatearlier manifested themselves in the shape ofminor problems, will grow stronger. If thedisturber of balance is under the protectionof a pendulum, then for the time being, hecould get away with his perfectionism. Buteventually the time will come to pay the bills.When a guest forgets that he is only a guest,and pretends to be the host, he can bethrown out.

Importance

Finally, let’s look at the most common typeof excess potential – importance. This poten-tial arises when excessive importance is at-tributed to something. Importance repres-ents an excess potential in its purest form.

290/463

Eliminating this potential, the balancingforces make up problems for the person whocreated this potential.

Two forms of importance exist – inner andouter. Your inner or individual importancecan be the overestimation of your virtues orflaws. The formula of inner importance goesalong the lines of: “I am an important per-son” or “I do important work”. When the ar-row of importance of your persona goes offthe scale, the balancing forces get to work,and the “big cheese” gets a flick on the nose.He who “does important work” will also bedisappointed – either his work won’t beneeded at all, or it will be very poorly done.But puffing up and having your nose in theair is only one side of the coin. There is an-other side to it – belittling your own virtuesand self-humiliation. What this all leads to,you already know. As you can see, theamount of the excess potential is the same in

291/463

both cases, the only thing different is its dir-ection – positive or negative.

Someone, who attributes great importance toan object or an event in the world, is also ar-tificially creating outer importance. The for-mula of outer importance goes somethinglike this: “To me, such-and-such is of greatimportance” or “It is very important to me todo this and that”. An excess potential is thuscreated and everything will be ruined. If youare still able to somehow curb your feelingsof inner importance, then the deal with ex-ternal significance is much worse. Imaginethat you have to walk on a log that is on theground. There is probably nothing easier.But now, you have to walk on that same log,only this time it is placed between the roofsof two skyscrapers. The position of the log isnow of great importance to you, and youcan’t convince yourself of the opposite. Theonly way of eliminating outer importance inthis case would be some kind of insurance

292/463

(for example, a parachute when you arewalking on the log). In each individual case,the insurance will be different. The mainthing is not to put everything on one side ofthe scale. There must be some kind of coun-terweight, some protection. In other words,an escape route or plan B.

I don’t have anything more to say about this.Basically, everything there was to say aboutimportance has already been said. Have youfigured it out? Everything we’ve talked aboutin this chapter is a variation on the subject ofimportance, inner or outer. All imbalancedfeelings or reactions – indignation, discon-tent, irritation, anxiety, worry, depression,panic, despair, fear, pity, attachment, admir-ation, exaggerated affection, idealization,worship, glee, disappointment, pride, arrog-ance, contempt, disgust, resentment and soon – these are nothing but a manifestation ofimportance in one form or another. An ex-cess potential is created only when you

293/463

attribute excessive importance to a quality,object or event – either inside yourself or inthe external world.

Importance creates an excess potential bysummoning the wind of balancing forces. Intheir turn, they create many problems, andlife is transformed into one single strugglefor existence. Now you can judge for yourselfto what extent inner and outer importance iscomplicating your life.

But this is not all. Remember the puppetstrings? Pendulums hang onto your feelingsand reactions: fear, anxiety, hatred, love,worship, call of duty, guilt and others. As yousee, all these things are the consequences ofexcessive importance. The following scenariodescribes what is literally taking place. Saythere is a certain object in front of you. Onthe energy level, it’s neutral: neither goodnor bad. You approached the object, you putit in your box of importance, and then you

294/463

stepped aside, looked at it – and gasped.Now you are ready to give away your energyto the pendulum, because now you havesomething to hook on to. A little donkey willobediently drag himself along, following thecarrot. Importance represents that very samecarrot. A pendulum will use this carrot tocapture the frequency of your radiation, tosuck your energy out of you, and get youwherever it wants.

Hence, in order to be in harmony with therest of the world and to relieve yourself ofpendulums, it’s necessary to reduce any ex-cessive importance. You always have to keepwatch over how much importance you attrib-ute to yourself or to the world around you.Your inner Overseer shouldn’t be sleeping.Having reduced the importance, you will im-mediately enter the state of balance and pen-dulums won’t be able to establish any controlover you – after all, you can’t hook on toemptiness. You could object: so what are you

295/463

saying, we should all just become lifelessstatues? I’m not in any way urging you to re-fuse all kinds of emotions or even to reducetheir intensity. Overall, it is useless and noteven necessary to fight emotions. If you arealways trying to keep yourself together andstay calm on the outside, while your innerworld is boiling over, the excess potentialwill grow bigger. Emotions stem from atti-tudes, therefore you should change your atti-tude in the first place . Feelings and emo-tions are nothing but consequences. They arecaused by one single thing – importance.

Suppose that someone in my family has beenborn, has died, or recently had a wedding orsome other kind of important event. Is thisimportant to me? No. Should I be indifferentto it? Again, no, I shouldn’t. Do you see thedifference? I just don’t make a problem outof it and don’t torture myself or the peoplearound me. Well, and what about compas-sion? I think I am not mistaken if I say that

296/463

compassion and helping those truly in neednever hurt anyone. But even in the case ofhelping others you need to monitor your im-portance. I made a slip, when I said youcould only help those who are truly in need.What if a person really wants to suffer? Helikes it this way, and your compassion is ameans for him to get self-assurance on yourbehalf. Or, for example, you saw a poorcripple begging and you gave him somemoney. But as you were walking away hegave you an evil smirk – he’s not a cripple atall but a professional beggar.

In the animal world, in the world of plants aswell as in nature in general, there is no suchthing as importance. There is only expedi-ency, from the point of view of the balancingforces. Pets are probably the only ones thatcould experience a sense of their own im-portance. Yes, it appears that they too can beinfluenced by society. Other animals are onlyguided by their instincts in anything they do.

297/463

Importance is a human invention that is of agreat pleasure to pendulums. Strong devi-ations in outer importance make fanatics.And what do you think deviations in innerimportance make? They make petty tyrants.

You could get the impression that withthings being this way, one would be tooscared to do anything. Fortunately, it is notall that bad. The balancing forces will startmaking serious changes in your life only ifyou are really attached to your ideas of howthings should be, if you are obsessed andhave really gone too far. The situation withthe pendulums is also clear. We are all undertheir influence. The main thing is to realizehow they are getting hold of you and how faryou will let them take you.

Reducing importance doesn’t just signific-antly decrease the number of problems inyour life. Having refused internal and outerimportance, you will obtain such a treasure

298/463

as the freedom of choice. “ What are youtalking about?” you ask, “According to theprimary principle of Transurfing we alreadyhave the right to choose.” Well, you do haveit, but you are unable to use it. The balancingforces and pendulums are in the way. Be-cause of excessive importance, our entirelives are spent in a struggle with balancingforces. There’s simply not enough energy leftfor the actual choice, let alone for thinkingabout what you personally want from life.Meanwhile, the pendulums are constantlytrying to establish control over us and im-pose someone else’s goals on us. Where isthe freedom in that?

Any form of importance, either inner or out-er, is simply made up. None of us is of anyimportance in this world. But at the sametime, we have access to all of the riches in theworld. Imagine how the children, when theyare on the beach, are splashing, playing andhaving lots of fun in the water. Suppose that

299/463

none of them imagines himself to be eithergood or bad, that the water is good or bad,that the other children are good or bad. Aslong as the situation remains this way, thechildren are happy – they’re in harmonywith nature. Similarly, any person has comeinto this world as a child of nature. If hedoesn’t disturb the balance, he can have thebest there is. But as soon as he starts makingup importance, problems will appear imme-diately. He does not see the causal linkbetween his importance and his problems.Thus, it seems to him that the world is basic-ally a hostile environment, where it’s not thateasy to get what you want. In fact, artificiallycreated importance is the single obstacle onthe path to fulfillment of your desires. It’spossible that I haven’t convinced you of thisyet. However, I am far from running out ofarguments.

300/463

From Struggle to Balance

Is there any way of resisting the balancingforces? That’s exactly what we are doingevery day. Our entire life is a struggle withbalancing forces. All difficulties, nuisancesand problems are connected to the actions ofthe balancing forces. In any case, trying toresist the balancing forces is meaningless, asthey will continue doing their thing no mat-ter what. Efforts aimed at removing con-sequences won’t do any good. On the con-trary, the situation will only get worse. Theonly remedy against the balancing forces isto eliminate the reason for their actions –namely, reducing the excess potential of im-portance. Life situations are so differentfrom one another that it’s impossible to givea universal solution to all problems. At thispoint, I can only give some generalrecommendations.

301/463

The only thing everyone is busy doing isbuilding a wall on the foundation of his im-portance, and then trying to climb over it orget through it by beating his head against thewall. Instead of overcoming obstacles,wouldn’t it be better to take a brick out of thefoundation, collapsing the wall? All of us canclearly see the obstacles on our way. But tosee what foundation they are all built upon isoften not easy at all. If you’ve encountered aproblematic situation, try to determinewhere you’ve gone too far, what you becameattached to and to what you attributed ex-cessive significance. Identify any excessiveimportance, and then reject it. The wall willcome crashing down, the obstacle will beeliminated and the problem will be solvedwithout your help. Don’t overcome obstacles– start reducing importance instead.

Reducing importance doesn’t mean fightingyour feelings and trying to suppress them.Excessive emotions and feelings are the

302/463

consequences of importance. You shouldeliminate the cause, which is your attitude toa certain event or object. I could advise youto take as philosophical an approach to lifeas possible, although this appeal is probablyalready worn out. It’s necessary to realizethat importance won’t bring you anythingbut trouble. And once you’ve done that, in-tentionally reduce any importance.

Reducing outer importance doesn’t haveanything to do with negligence or underes-timation. On the contrary, neglect is import-ance with a minus sign. You need to have asimpler attitude towards life. Don’t be care-less, but don’t be exaggerating either. Don’tthink so much about whether people aregood or bad. Accept the world in its everydayform.

Reducing inner importance doesn’t haveanything to do with resignation or self-humi-liation. To repent one’s mistakes and sins is

303/463

the same as showing off one’s virtues and ac-complishments. The difference between thetwo is only the sign – plus or minus. Your re-morse is only useful to the pendulums thatwant to establish control over you. Acceptyourself as you are. Allow yourself the luxuryof being you. Do not exalt and do not belittleyour virtues and flaws. Strive toward innerpeace – you are not important nor are youworthless.

If your situation very strongly depends onsome kind of event, find an alternative solu-tion. In order to stay calm when you arewalking on the log, you have to find insur-ance. In each individual case, the insurancewill be something different. Simply ask your-self the question, what could serve as insur-ance in the present situation. Remember, itis useless to struggle with balancing forces.You can’t suppress fear or excitement. Youcan only reduce the importance. And this canonly be done if you have insurance or a plan

304/463

B. Never put all your eggs in one basket, nomatter how safe the basket looks!

The only thing that doesn’t create any excesspotential is a sense of humor, being able tolaugh at yourself and at others, without of-fending either you or them. This thing aloneis enough to prevent you from turning into adummy without feelings. Humor is the sameas denying importance, in other words, it is acaricature of importance.

It is necessary to follow one golden rule,when you are solving problems. Before youactually start solving problems, you wouldneed to reduce their importance. Then thebalancing forces will not bother you and theproblem can be solved quickly and easily.

In order to reduce importance, it’s necessaryto first remember and realize that the prob-lem is present as a consequence of excessiveimportance. Until you explain to yourself, as

305/463

in a dream, that every single problem is cre-ated because of excessive importance, andwill continue burying yourself in this prob-lem, you will be completely in the grip of thependulum. Stop, shake off the delusions andrecall what it means to attribute excessiveimportance. Then intentionally change yourattitude to the object in question. That willnot be a difficult thing to do. You alreadyknow that excessive significance is only inyour way. The main difficulty is to rememberin time that you are wallowing in inner andouter importance. To help you remember,you will need to activate your Overseer, yourinner observer that will always keep track ofall of your inner values.

A man’s thoughts are captured by import-ance in exactly the same way as muscles in-voluntarily get strained. For example, whensomething is bothering you, the muscles ofyour back and shoulders are in a tight spasm.You don’t notice this tension until you start

306/463

feeling the pain that is associated with it. Butif you would have remembered in time andpaid attention to your muscles, you couldhave released this tension.

Catch yourself at attributing excess import-ance each time you are getting ready forsome event. If whatever it is you are about todo is really important to you, don’t blow it upeven further. The best recipe for success is –spontaneity, improvisation and a light atti-tude. If you are preparing for something thendo it only as insurance. You should definitelynot be “preparing seriously and carefully” –this will only boost the importance. If youare worrying about something without actu-ally doing anything about it, then you arefurther boosting importance. The potentialof importance evaporates with action. Don’tthink…..act! If you can’t act, then don’t think.Direct your attention to something else andlet go of the situation.

307/463

You’ll be most effective in everything you doif you take the focus of attention off yourselfas the person executing the action and off theend goal, and move this focus onto the pro-cess of performing the action. In this case “Iam not doing important work” and “the workis not important”. Thus, the excess potentialis eliminated and the balancing forces willnot interfere. The action is completedwithout any zeal, but in no way carelessly orlight-heartedly. You might be having doubts:why do I need to take the focus of attentionoff the end goal? How can you do any work,if you are not thinking about the end goal?You will understand the meaning of this notvery obvious fact more clearly, having readthe upcoming chapters of this book.8

Why does it sometimes happen that you arevery worried about an event, you fear it, youconstantly think about it and imagine allkinds of difficulties and problems that couldhappen because of that event, but in the end,

308/463

everything still turns out okay? And then wehave the opposite situation, sometimes youdon’t care much about a future event, but asa result you get unforeseen trouble. In thefirst case, your evaluation of the event wentoff scale in a negative direction, while in thesecond – it went off scale in a positive direc-tion. What you receive in the end is the accu-mulated action of the balancing forces. Theforces have to balance the artificial excesspotential that you have created and that iswhat they do.

Thus, it’s possible to assume that if I inten-tionally picture the worst possible scenarioof what might happen before an exam, then Iam most likely to get the highest grade. Itdoesn’t work that way, because your inten-tion to “assume” the worst is artificial. Suchintention is a product of the mind and notthe soul. You can try fooling yourself. Non-etheless, it will only be a sham, as it won’thave any energy basis. Only the intention

309/463

coming from your soul can have an energybasis. This is exactly why you can’t achievethe desired result by simply visualizing it.But this is a topic of a later discussion.

Never ever, under any circumstances, boastwith what you have, even if you’ve earned itfair and square. And you definitely shouldnot brag about what you haven’t achievedyet. This is extremely unprofitable, becausein this case the balancing forces will alwaysact against you.

Make yourself at home, but don’t forget thatyou are a guest.9 If you are in harmony withthe surrounding pendulums, that is, you areswinging with them in unison, then your lifewill pass with ease and pleasure. You arenow in a kind of resonance with the world -you get energy from it and achieve your goalwithout further effort.

310/463

If you’ve got yourself in a situation where it’spractically impossible to live in balance withthe world around you (for example, yourhusband is beating you), then you ought tothink about how to take that crucial step andchange your surroundings to something dif-ferent. Maybe you feel that you havenowhere to go? If so, you’ve got that ideafrom a pendulum that is trying to entranceyou, so it can continue to keep you under itscontrol, sucking your energy. There is alwaysa way out, and not only one. Remember thefly on the glass that didn’t see the open win-dow? Just avoid any abrupt actions that havenot been carefully thought through. The per-fect solution will come to you, as soon as youreduce excessive importance and free your-self from the influence of the destructivependulum that is bothering you. You are nowfamiliar with the ways of freeing yourselffrom a pendulum – make it fall through orextinguish it.

311/463

On that note, I am concluding the large andcomplicated topic of balance. Now that youunderstand the mechanism behind the ac-tions of the balancing forces, you can easilydetermine the reason behind any problem orfailure. We’ve come to the conclusion thatit’s necessary to observe the principle of bal-ance in everything you do. Now I have towarn you of following this principle all toovigorously. If you become attached to it ortry to pursue it fanatically, then by doing soyou will disturb this very principle. If we ex-plain to a centipede, in every detail how itshould walk, it will end up so confused that itwon’t be able to move at all. Everything inmoderation; allow yourself to disturb thebalance sometimes. Nothing awful will hap-pen. The main thing is to keep the arrow ofimportance from going off the scale.

312/463

Summary

An excess potential is created only if signi-ficance is attributed to an evaluation.

Only importance that is specifically yourswill provide your evaluation with yourenergy.

The magnitude of a potential will grow if anevaluation is distorting reality.

The action of balancing forces is directed ateliminating excess potential.

The action of balancing forces is often theopposite of the intention that created thepotential.

When giving yourself out for rent, activateyour inner Overseer to look after you, sothat you do everything impeccably.

313/463

Discontent and condemnation will alwaysturn the balancing forces against you.

It is necessary to replace the habitual negat-ive reactions with a positive transmission.

Unconditional love is admiration withoutthe right to possess or worship.

Setting terms and comparison produces de-pendent relationships.

Dependent relationships create excesspotential.

Idealization and overestimation always endin debunking the myth.

In order for your love to be reciprocated, it’snecessary to abandon the right ofpossession.

One will definitely have to pay for contemptand vanity.

314/463

Free yourself from the need to confirm yoursuperiority.

Striving to hide one’s flaws creates the op-posite effect.

Any inferiority is compensated for by yourvirtues.

The higher the importance of the goal, theless likely it is that you will reach it.

Desires that are free from the potentials ofimportance and potentials of dependencewill be fulfilled.

Say no to any feeling of guilt and to the needto justify yourself.

In order refuse the feeling of guilt, it isenough to allow yourself to be you.

No one has the right to judge you. You havethe right to be yourself.

315/463

Money comes on its own, as an accompany-ing attribute on the way to your goal.

Greet money with love and attention, andpart with it without regret or worry.

Having said no to inner and outer import-ance, you get the freedom of choice.

Importance is the only obstacle on the pathto fulfilling your desire.

Do not overcome obstacles – reduce theirimportance.

Care without worrying.

316/463

CHAPTER V

AN INDUCEDTRANSITION

Why does every new generationthink life was better before? Howmany generations have alreadypassed since the beginning of his-tory! And each generation is con-vinced that the world has becomeworse than before. Does the worldhave a tendency to degenerate? Butif that really was the case, then afew dozen generations would havebeen enough for our civilization toend up in pure hell. What is goingon here?

Don’t let any negative informationget to you.

The Shift of Generations

In all times, people have been thinking:“Those were the good old days!” As a persongets older, life seems to him worse andworse. He is remembering when he wasyounger, when colors were rich, impressionswere bright and vivid, dreams were attain-able, the music was better, the climate wasmore favorable, people were more approach-able, even the hot dogs were tastier backthen, and not to mention how much betterone’s health was. Life was full of hope, andbrought joy and satisfaction. Now, after somany years, the same events do not make theman as happy as before. For example, a pic-nic, a party, a concert, going to the movies, acelebration, a date or a holiday by the sea – ifwe look at it objectively, everything has more

318/463

or less the same quality. The party is fun,movies are interesting and the sea is warm.But nonetheless – something is missing. Thecolors have faded, experiences have becomedull and the interest has simply died out.

So how come everything was so great back inour youth? Can it really be the case that ourperceptions get duller as we grow older? Buta man doesn’t lose the ability to laugh or tocry, to perceive tastes and colors, to distin-guish truth from deception, to tell the differ-ence between good and bad just because heis getting older. Or is the world really goingdown the drain? Actually, the world on itsown is not degrading nor is it getting worse.It gets worse only for each individual person.Running in parallel with the negative lifetrack the person is on now, there are lifetracks which he left at some point in his life,and where everything is fine, just like it wasin the good old days. By expressing dissatis-faction, the man tunes himself into life tracks

319/463

that are actually worse. And in that case, heis really being drawn into them.

According to the principle of Transurfing,the space of variations has everything foreverybody. For example, there is a sector,where for a given individual the colors of lifehave completely faded, while for others liferemains as it was. A man, radiating negativethought energy, enters a sector where thedecorations of his space have changed. At thesame time, the world remains the same toeverybody else. And we don’t even have to gotoo far, looking at radical cases where a manbecame an invalid, lost his home, lost hisloved ones or became an alcoholic andruined his life. In the flow of life, this man issliding, slowly but surely, on the track whereall the colors of his surrounding decorationsare fading. That is when he starts remember-ing how vivid and fresh everything was longtime ago.

320/463

When you are born and later when growingup, you accept the world as it is. A childsimply doesn’t know whether things couldget worse or better. Young people are notpicky and haven’t been spoiled yet. They aresimply discovering this world for themselvesand take joy in life, because they have morehopes than complaints. They believe thateverything here and now is not too shabby,and will get even better. But then there aremisfortunes and failures, a man begins tounderstand that not all his dreams will cometrue, that other people are better off and thathe has to fight for his place under the sun. Astime goes by, the man has more complaintsthan hopes. Discontent and whining becomethe moving forces, pushing the man towardsunsuccessful life tracks. If one were to ex-press it in Transurfing terms, the man is ra-diating negative energy, which is transferringhim onto the life tracks that correspond tothese negative parameters.

321/463

The worse you think of the world, the worseit will get. In childhood, nobody was particu-larly contemplating whether one’s childhoodwas good or not. As children, we tookeverything for granted. You had only startedto discover the world and had not yet begunabusing it with your criticism. The greatestresentment you felt was in the direction ofyour relatives that, for example, didn’t buyyou a toy. But then you really started to re-sent the world around you. The world satis-fied you less and less. And the more you werecomplaining about it, the worse the resultswere. Everyone who has experienced youthand lived to maturity knows that a lot ofthings were better before.

So it’s a harmful paradox: you are confrontedwith annoying circumstances, you expressyour discontent, and as a result, the situationgets even worse. Your discontent comes backto you three-fold, as a boomerang. Firstly,the excess potential of your discontent turns

322/463

the balancing forces against you. Secondly,your discontent serves as a channel throughwhich a pendulum is able to pump your en-ergy. And thirdly, when radiating negativeenergy, you are moving to corresponding lifetracks. That is, to negative life tracks.

The habit of reacting negatively is so deep-seated in us that people have lost their ad-vantage over the lower living creatures in-habiting this planet. That advantage is con-sciousness. An oyster would react negativelyto an external irritant as well. But, unlike theoyster, a man is able to consciously and in-tentionally manipulate his relationship to theexternal world. Nevertheless, he doesn’tmake use of this advantage and instead re-sponds to the slightest inconvenience withaggression. He mistakenly interprets his ag-gression to be his strength, while in fact he issimply helplessly quivering in the pendu-lums’ spider web.

323/463

You believe that life has gotten worse.However, those who are young now thinkthat life is wonderful. How come? Maybe, be-cause they don’t know how good it was whenyou were their age? But back then there werealso people who were older than you, whowere complaining and remembering thegood old days, just as you do now. The reas-on is not just the ability of a man’s psyche toerase all bad memories and leave only thegood ones. After all, your discontent is aimedat the present, because the present is sup-posedly worse than the past.

It appears that, if one were to accept the factthat life is getting worse and worse with eachyear, the world should have simply fallenapart a long time ago. How many genera-tions have already passed since the begin-ning of human history? And everybody be-lieves that the world has gotten worse! Forexample, any old man would tell you withabsolute certainty that Coca-Cola was better

324/463

before. However, Coca-Cola was invented in1886. Imagine how awful it must be now!Maybe the ability to taste gets duller withage? That is hardly the case. After all, the oldman considers any other quality to be worsenow, like the quality of furniture or clothes.

If the world was one and the same for every-body, then after the passing of several tens ofgenerations, it would simply have turned in-to a living hell. How should we understandthis paradoxical statement that the world isnot the same for everybody? We all live inone and the same world of material mani-festations of variations. But the world’s vari-ations are different for everybody. On thesurface, you can see clear differences in des-tinies: the rich, the poor, the successful, theunsuccessful, the happy and the unhappy.They all live in one world, but it is differentfor each and one of them. This is seems obvi-ous, just as it is obvious that there arewealthy and poor neighborhoods.

325/463

However, not only do the scripts of destiniesand roles differ, but the individual decora-tions do that too. This difference in decora-tions is not as obvious. One man looks out onthe world from the window of his luxuriousautomobile, while another from a garbagecan. One is having fun at a party, while an-other is troubled with his own problems atthe same party. One sees a cheerful group ofyoung people, while another sees a wild gangof troublemakers. Everybody is looking atthe same thing, but the pictures are as differ-ent as a movie in color and a black-and-white film. Every person is tuned to his sec-tor in the space of variations, thus everyoneis living in their own world. All of theseworlds are placed on top of each other, inlayers, forming what we understand to bethe space we live in.

This may be hard for you to understand. It’simpossible to separate one layer from anoth-er. Each person forms his own reality with

326/463

his own thoughts, and at the same time thisreality intersects and interacts with the sur-rounding world.

Imagine Earth without a single livingcreature. Winds blow, rain falls, volcanoeserupt, rivers flow – the world is there and itexists. Then suddenly a man is born and hestarts observing all of this. The energy of histhoughts produce a material manifestation ina certain sector in the space of variations –creating the life of this given man in this giv-en world. His life represents a new layer ofthis world. Another man is born – yet anoth-er layer appears. A man dies – a layer disap-pears, or maybe he is transformed in accord-ance with what happens there, beyond thethreshold of death.

Humankind is vaguely aware of the fact thatthere are other living creatures, which sup-posedly live in parallel worlds of some kind.But let’s suppose for a minute that there are

327/463

no living creatures in the world whatsoever,at least yet. Then what kind of energy gavebirth to the material manifestation of space(that is creating things and phenomena inthe world), where there is not a single livingcreature to radiate any thought energy andthus make the material manifestation of acertain sector happen? We can only guesswhat energy was responsible for the creationof the world before man or any livingcreature was born. And perhaps, once thelast living creature dies, then the world itselfwill disappear? Who can prove that theworld exists, if there is nobody in it? For ifthere is no one around who can say that theworld (in our understanding) exists, thenthere is no world to speak of.

Well, that’s enough for now – let’s not getbogged down with this any further. We’llleave it at that. Don’t forget that Transurfingis only one of many models. All the theoriespeople have about the surrounding world

328/463

and the life in it are nothing but models.Keep the notion of importance in mind anddon’t make up any external importance forthe model of Transurfing. Otherwise, youcould become an apologist of useless ideasand try to show everyone that your particularsubjective world-view is the truth and es-sence. Truth is an abstraction. We can onlyget to know certain laws and manifestationsof truth. Our goal is only this - how to makepractical use of our model.

Let’s return to the worlds of generations.Each person throughout his life is movingfrom one sector of the space of variations toanother and in so doing transforms the layerof his world. Due to the fact that he is morereadily expressing discontent and is radiat-ing larger quantities of negative than positiveenergy, there is a tendency for the quality oflife to get worse. A man could acquire mater-ial prosperity with age, but he won’t be anyhappier because of that. The colors of his

329/463

decorations fade, and life is less and less en-joyable. A representative of the older genera-tion and a youngster both drink the sameCoca-Cola, both swim in the same ocean, skion the same mountain slopes – everything ispretty much the same as it was many yearsbefore. However, the older man is convincedthat everything was better before, while theyoungster thinks that everything is just greatnow. And when the youngster will grow old,the story will repeat itself again.

There are deviations from this tendency,both for better and for worse. It happens thata man only starts to develop a taste for life ashe gets older, and it can also happen that anentirely successful young man starts rollingdownhill, hitting rock bottom. But genera-tions, overall, agree on the fact that life isgetting worse the older you get. This is how ashift in layers of generations takes place.This means that the layer of the older gener-ation is moving to the worse side, while the

330/463

layer of youth is lagging behind, but it is ba-sically moving in the same direction. Thisshift takes place gradually, each time startingfrom an optimistic point of view. This is ex-actly why the world as a whole does not everturn into hell. Everyone has their own layer,which they have chosen themselves. Human-kind does have the possibility to choose alayer for itself and that is what it does. It isalready somewhat clearer to you how humanbeing could go about choosing a harmful lay-er for themselves.

In previous chapters, we have talked abouthow to avoid creating hell in your layer. Buthow do you return to the world that was be-fore, to the tracks where life was full of colorsand hopes, just like it was in your childhoodand youth? This can also be done with thehelp of Transurfing. But for starters, we mustfigure out how we have gone from the tracksso successful and full of hope, to the tracks

331/463

where someone could ask us, “Well, and howin the world did you end up like this?”

The Funnel of thePendulum

The psyche of a man works in the followingway – it reacts more to negative irritants.These could be undesired information, hos-tile actions, danger or simply negative en-ergy. Of course, positive influences can alsostir up strong emotions. But fear and rage byfar excel joy and happiness in strength. Thereason for this inequality comes from an-cient times, when fear and rage were the cru-cial factors for survival. What is useful aboutjoy in a context like that? It won’t help to de-fend oneself nor will it help to avoid dangeror to get food. And then, of course, life wasfilled with burdens and hardship throughoutthe entire history of man, and brought more

332/463

grief and fear than joy and happiness. Thiswas the origin of man’s tendency to moreeasily yield to gloomy thoughts and depres-sion, while joy and happiness vanishes ratherquickly. Have you ever heard, for example, ofa normal person suffering from too muchjoy? However, people suffer from stress anddepression quite often.

Pendulums and, in particular, the mass me-dia, actively make use of these peculiar fea-tures of human perception. You rarely hearanything good in the news. Usually, in anews program, it works something like this:you get hold of a negative fact, you follow upon the story with extra coverage, new detailsemerge, and everything is thoroughlysavored and dramatized in a number ofways.

By the very same principle, we are presentedwith other news: catastrophes, natural dis-asters, terrorist acts, armed conflicts and so

333/463

on. Notice the pattern at work here. Eventsdevelop in a spirallike manner: in the begin-ning there is the plot, then the story is un-raveled, exposing further details, the tensionis rising, then there is a culmination, emo-tions are already flaring to their maximum,and finally, the story comes to a conclusion –all of the energy is dissolved into space, anda temporary calm descends upon the view-ers. Remember how the waves beat againstthe shore. The endless numbers of TV seriesare made by the very same principle. Froman objective point of view, there is nothingspecial about them, all the “drama” is liter-ally created out of thin air. Nevertheless, allyou have to do is watch two or three epis-odes….and you’re hooked. Why? After all,nothing particularly interesting ever happensin these soap operas. But you’re hooked be-cause the frequency of thought radiation iscaught by the pendulum of the TV series, and

334/463

your attention is becomes fixed on a givensector.

Let’s look at the mechanism that is respons-ible for the unwinding of the above-men-tioned spiral. At the beginning, a man is con-fronted with the fact that could theoreticallyupset him – or not. Let’s suppose that it’s apiece of news about a negative event thattook place somewhere in another country.This is the first push of the destructive pen-dulum. If the news somehow affects the per-son, he starts responding to the stimulus: heexpresses his attitude to it, he lives throughit. Meaning that in response, he is radiatingenergy of the same order and on the verysame frequency as the first push of the pen-dulum. This person, just like many thou-sands of others, answered the pendulumwith interest and participation. The radiationenters into resonance with the pendulumand thus, its energy has increased. The massmedia continues its campaign. The man

335/463

follows further development of events withinterest, so the pendulum once again re-ceives nourishment. This is how the pendu-lum entices adherents into its own net andkeeps pumping energy from them. Peoplethat were interested in this piece of news al-low negative energy to get to them, and thusthey get involved in the game, as observersfor the time being.

At first glance, nothing extraordinary hashappened, it’s an everyday matter. So what ifa man gives a bit of his energy to feed a de-structive pendulum? It practically hasn’t af-fected his health. However, in reality, radiat-ing energy at the frequency of negativeevents, a man is moving to the life trackswhere similar events will take place closerand closer to him. He takes part in the cre-ation of the plot and finds himself in the ac-tion zone of the spiral, which is unwinding,spinning faster and faster, drawing him in,like a funnel. The interaction between the

336/463

man and the pendulum becomes tighter andtighter, and the man already accepts theabove mentioned event to be an unavoidablepart of his life. His attention becomes select-ive and everywhere new facts about similarevents in different countries start poppingup. The man discusses this news with hisclose friends and relatives, and they reactwith interest and compassion. The energy ofthe pendulum is growing, while the man isgetting closer, by the frequency of his radi-ation, to the tracks where he is no longer anobserver, but a direct participant in theevent.

Let’s define that phenomenon of beingdrawn into the funnel as an induced trans-ition to a life track where the adherent be-comes a victim of the destructive pendulum.The following process can be identified as aninduced transition: you respond to the pushof a destructive pendulum, the pendulumpushes back giving you a little energy from

337/463

its swinging, and you get further and furtherinvolved, giving more and more energy tothe pendulum. Consequently, an inducedtransition has been initiated, taking you to alife track that is by its frequency close to theswings of the pendulum. As a result, the neg-ative event is included in the layer of thisperson’s life.

Disaster

Many people, in one way or another, wouldagree that there is a theoretical possibility forthem to be in a disaster10. But not all of themallow this possibility to enter the layer oftheir world. There are people who don’twatch TV series, who aren’t interested in thenews, who aren’t bothered by every littleevent that happens somewhere and tosomeone. They live in their own layers andthey are adherents of other pendulums. Theydon’t worry when they hear that an airplane

338/463

crashed somewhere in the world. They listento the news about events like that, whilecalmly chewing away at their dinner. Theyhave enough of their own problems.

People are more vulnerable to an inducedtransition if they are interested in disasters,if they get concerned and worry about dis-asters that happen elsewhere to otherpeople. If the life of a man is not too packedwith problems and worries, then he tries tofill this void by turning his attention toevents in the layers of other people. Such aperson regularly reads the tabloids orwatches TV series, or is waiting for new in-formation about catastrophes and naturaldisasters. The tabloids and TV series repres-ent the activity of small and harmless pendu-lums. Adherence to them only makes up fordeficiency of information, emotions and feel-ings. But getting interested in the destructivependulums of catastrophes and natural

339/463

disasters poses a real threat. They are strongand very aggressive.

If a man pays attention to events like thatthen the frequency of thought radiation iscaptured in the same way as in the case withTV series. Having expressed an interest innegative information, one will always get itin abundance. At the beginning, he acceptsthe harmless role of an observer. He is, as ifsitting on the stands, watching a soccergame. He gets more and more captivated bythe game until he becomes an active fan.Then he runs onto the field and starts run-ning after the ball but does not get it yet.Gradually and unnoticeably, he is drawn fur-ther into the game and finally he will evenget to kick the ball. The observer has beentransformed into a player, and in this case,into a victim of disaster.

And how could it be otherwise? After all, dis-asters have become a part of the man’s life,

340/463

he let them into his layer himself and he un-willingly accepted the destiny of a victim.Consequently, he materialized an unfortu-nate variation. Of course, he didn’t want tobe a victim, but that’s not important. Once aman accepts the game of the pendulum, theroles are defined by the pendulum and notby the man. Therefore, if for many otherpeople the given disaster is only a fatal coin-cidence, then to our victim it is a natural andlogical end. The probability of our hero beingin the wrong place at the wrong time isalready higher than average.

If you ignore the shoves of destructive pen-dulums, then you will never find yourself inthe middle of a disaster. Let’s put it this way,the probability of you being in a disaster willbe close to zero. You could object: but whydo thousands of people die in catastrophesor natural disasters? Does this mean thatthey are all thinking about catastrophes atthe same time? The thing is that you are not

341/463

the only one living in this world. You are sur-rounded by lots and lots of people, who areactively working on destructive pendulumsand emanate energy in the range of thesependulums. No one can completely isolatehimself from this radiation. The field of radi-ation captures you and you start emanatingenergy on the same frequencies, withouteven being aware of it yourself. This behaviorstems from ancient times, when herd instinctand group dynamics helped individualsavoid danger. That is exactly why the energyfield of induced transition grows, reaching asnowballing effect, and draws you in, as intoa funnel.

The objective is to be as far away as possiblefrom the center of the funnel. This means –don’t let information about catastrophes anddisasters get to you, do not become inter-ested in them, do not live through them emo-tionally, as if they have happened to you, donot discuss them. Basically, let any

342/463

information concerning disasters pass youby. Note the difference: don’t avoid informa-tion just don’t let it get to you. As you knowfrom the previous chapters, avoiding any en-counters with a pendulum is the same thingas to look for encounters with it. When youare against something, or you really don’twant it, or express aversion to it, you are act-ively emanating energy on the frequency ofwhat you want to avoid. Not lettingsomething get to you means to ignore it, notto react to any negative information on thesubject. Just shift your attention to harmlesstelevision programs and books.

If you can’t refrain from reacting, then youcan at least rely on your Guardian Angel. Forexample, if you are afraid of flying on air-planes, don’t fly. If there is fear in the firstplace, then it means that in the range of yourradiation, there is a frequency which reson-ates with the life track on which a disaster inthe air is marked out. It does not mean in

343/463

any way that you will certainly get on thistrack, but nonetheless there is a probabilityof this happening. If you simply don’t thinkabout any danger on an airplane, then thereis nothing to be afraid of. On the contrary, ifyou experience unusual anxiety before get-ting on a plane, it would be wise to skip thatflight. If it’s simply impossible for you not tofly, then you need to learn how to listen tothe rustling of the morning stars. What it isand how it is done, you have yet to discover.

War

War breaks out in basically the exact sameway as a simple fight. At first, one side tellsthe other its opinion on something. The oth-er has the opposite view on things, and theopinion first expressed thus serves as a pushof a destructive pendulum. The second partyresponds to the first push with somewhathigher amplitude. In reply to this, the first

344/463

party again responds with more aggression.And so it keeps growing, until it finallycomes down to a physical conflict.

Thus, before us we have a simple and graphicimage of two fighting pendulums that are,while hitting against each other, swinginghigher and higher. There are many factorsresponsible for the outbreak of war and re-volutions, but the essence is the same. Atfirst, people are told that they are living amiserable life. Everyone quickly agrees – thefirst action of the pendulum has been accep-ted. Then the following explanation appears– other people are in the way of our people’swelfare. This stirs up righteous anger – thependulum is now swinging. Then comes aprovocation from one or the other side,which stirs up a storm of resentment – thependulum has gathered force and thus, thewar or revolution can begin. Each strike ofthe pendulum gives rise to a response, whichonly further strengthens the swinging.

345/463

Hence, the people that take part in this gameare experiencing a avalanche-like transferonto a life track where tension is mounting.

You can only change the situation in the be-ginning of a conflict. Once the conflict is es-tablished, the situation is already out of con-trol. When the spiral is only starting to coil,you could respond to the first lunge of thependulum amicably or by simply steppingaside, and the pendulum will fall through orit will be extinguished. Consequently, therewill be no transfer to a new branch – that is,to a new life track. However, if you acceptthe pendulum’s swings, then your frequencyof radiation will approach the parameters ofthe spiral’s new branch – the new life track.

Unfortunately, if an individual participantdoesn’t react to the pendulum, this does notyet guarantee that he will not be drawn into awar or a revolution. If you’ve stepped into apowerful whirlpool, then no matter how you

346/463

try, it will be almost impossible to get out ofit. However, if the participant doesn’t acceptthe pendulum’s game, he will at least get ad-ditional chances to remain alive and comeout of the conflict with the smallest possiblelosses. At this point you should have a goodunderstanding of what it means to not acceptwar. You could hate it or be actively againstit, fighting it. But whether you are for oragainst war, it’s all the same to the pendu-lum. It gets energy from either side. If theenergy emanates at the frequency of war, atransfer takes place onto the correspondingtrack. You acknowledge the war, participatein it – you are on the field of battle. You fightagainst the war – it will consume younonetheless.

To not accept the pendulum means to ignoreit. Of course, you can’t always ignore it – thatis the danger of an induced transition. Well,it would at least be useful not to take any po-sition, be that of an advocate or an opponent

347/463

of war. In all times, neutral governmentshave existed that have been standing aside,observing how entire nations destroyed oneanother. Look at the demonstrations andmeetings where people furiously protestagainst war activities. For the pendulum, try-ing to unleash the fight with its own rivals,these opponents of war are just as commit-ted and desired adherents, as supporters ofthe conflict. Active protest is the very sameas support of war, although naive adherentsare convinced of the contrary. Peaceful sug-gestions and exposing the true face andmotives of the pendulum – these are the ac-tions that can put war out. Do you rememberthe allegory with the nest of wild bees? Thependulum tells its adherents that the beesare dangerous and therefore must be des-troyed. But what does the pendulum reallyneed, maybe their honey?

348/463

Unemployment

As we’ve already mentioned, there are differ-ent ways in which you can participate in thegame of a pendulum – both by supporting itand by trying to reject it. The latter is, per-haps, even more dangerous, since the desireto avoid a pendulum creates an excess poten-tial that will draw you into the funnel oftransition. Everybody or almost everybody isnowadays afraid of losing their jobs. An in-duced transition to the state where you liveout on the streets is very insidious indeed.Everything begins with the smallest andmost harmless thing. This could be a ratherweak first sign: you overhear that your com-pany is not doing as good now as it did be-fore. Or someone you know has lost his job,or there are rumors going around about re-dundancies, or something like that.

349/463

On a subconscious level, invisible to you, ared light has gone off. Shortly thereafter, an-other signal comes – for example, inflation ison the rise. This is already putting you onyour guard and, incidentally, the same ishappening to others. People are starting totalk and the pendulum of unemployment isalready being fed with energy. There isalready news about a dip in the stock marketand the general tension is mounting. Worryis quickly replaced with anxiety, and then byfear. You’re already vigorously generatingenergy on the frequency of a life track whereyou see yourself without a job.

When you are carrying around the fear of be-coming unemployed, you can count on it be-ing as obvious as wearing a sign around yourneck that said “I can be fired.” If you thinkthat you can hide this fear, you are very mis-taken. Passing gesticulations, certain intona-tions and inflections in your voice, can some-times tell more than words. Having lost

350/463

confidence in yourself, you are already not aseffective a worker as you were before. Thingsthat were a piece of cake to you before arenow not going too well. There is tension inyour interactions with coworkers, who are inthe same position as you are. You bring yournervousness home to the family and insteadof supporting you, they begin to accuse andcriticize you. That’s it, stress is developingand you are no longer a worker – there is asign around your neck with the followingwords: “Ready to be fired.”

The feeling of guilt is what causes your fearof being fired. This feeling of guilt is eithersmoldering or burning with a bright flame inyour subconscious. Who do they usually firefirst? That’s right, the worst ones. If you haveallowed yourself to think that you could beworse than others, then that assumption byitself has put you on the black list. Turn awayfrom the feeling of guilt. Allow yourself theluxury of being you. And if you’re not

351/463

successful, start looking for another job. Theexcess potential of emotional worries isscattered and dissolved through action.Some people start looking for a new job, assoon as they are employed. They are not do-ing this because they intend to change jobsimmediately. Insurance brings confidence:just in case, there is an alternative option. Ifyou are calm about your future, the action ofthe balancing forces won’t touch you.

Epidemic

You are probably thinking that no….we can’tbe talking about life tracks, when talkingabout contagious diseases. Somebody gets illsimply because he’s been infected. And youwould be right, but only in that a person al-lowed himself to get infected. I certainlydon’t mean to say that someone who gets illshould have walked around with a mask on –that wouldn’t have saved him anyway. You

352/463

don’t believe me? Well, I won’t be able toprove it to you by using theoretical argu-ments – just as I would not be able to proveanything that’s being said in this book.However, you wouldn’t be walking aroundwith a mask on during a flu epidemic, just totest whether the mask is working or not.Therefore, I’ll just tell you what I know.Whether you believe it or not is up to you.

So, let’s uncover the history of disease. Thereason for your illness is your voluntaryagreement to take part in the game called“Epidemic.” Everything begins with hearingthat there is an epidemic – let’s say the flu isalready going around somewhere. Every nor-mal person knows that the flu is transmittedthrough the respiratory system. Con-sequently, you, like all normal people, com-pletely allow the possibility that this couldhappen to anybody. Immediately, your mindstarts playing the being-sick movie: you havea fever, you’re sneezing and coughing. That’s

353/463

it – from this moment on, you are already inthe game, because you are emanatingthought energy at the frequency of a de-structive pendulum.

You’re already subconsciously looking forconfirmation that an epidemic is actuallyhere, and your attention becomes selective.Sneezing people are all around you. Theywere always there, you simply didn’t noticethem before. At work and at home, fromtime to time, someone will raise the subjectof the flu. Your assumption that an epidemicapproaches is being confirmed by more andmore evidence. Even if you’re not particu-larly looking for confirmation, and the sub-ject doesn’t particularly worry you. Some-how, confirmation takes place by itself.

If, from the very beginning of the game, youhave tuned yourself to the frequency of thedestructive pendulum, your bonds to it willbecome stronger and stronger, regardless of

354/463

your conscious participation. Well, and if youwouldn’t mind getting sick or if you feel thatyou’re destined to get sick, it means that youare already the most active adherent of thependulum. Or no, you’ve decided not to getsick and you keep telling yourself that youare absolutely healthy and will not get sick. Itwon’t work. You are thinking about the ill-ness, so you are emanating on the frequencyof this illness. The direction of thoughts – foror against – is not important. In other words,if you try to convince yourself that you willnot get sick, then from the beginning, youare allowing the possibility of getting sick,and no persuasion on your part will help youstay healthy.

Words pronounced out loud are simply ren-dering air, words said to oneself are nothingat all – but belief is a powerful energy, evenif it is not audible. You will not save yourself,even if you’ll run and get vaccinated. Itdoesn’t matter, because you are going to be

355/463

ill for a period of time, one way or another.The first symptom of your illness gives you achoice: will you, after all, be sick or not? Youmake weak attempts to resist and finally, youface the fact that you are getting ill. Thisbrings the final adjustment in your radiationand you move to a life track where illness as-sumes full control.

The induced transition started from the mo-ment the pendulum was accepted. If youtruly don’t care at all about this epidemic,the transition won’t take place. Or if you areon vacation, haven’t been talking to anyone,haven’t heard any news, and know nothingabout the epidemic, the pendulum won’ttouch you. It will simply fall through, as if in-to empty space.

Have you ever wondered why doctors don’tbecome infected? Many are even boldenough to work without protective masks.It’s not because they give themselves

356/463

vaccines. You can’t vaccinate yourself againstall illnesses. The thing is that doctors are alsoactively playing the game of the illness pen-dulum, but they have an entirely differentrole. By analogy, when you get the chance,watch the stewardesses on an airplane.These good fairies insistently recommendthat all passengers fasten their seat belts,while they themselves fly about the cabin, asif in the event of a crash, they would simplyhover in the air like hummingbirds.

“Well, and what about babies, infected withAIDS?” – a meticulous Reader would ask.“What, they also radiate energy of trans-ition?” First of all, here we are only lookingat the question of an epidemic as a tendency.Second of all, I am not trying to show that in-fections in general don’t exist and that thereis only radiation of thought energy on thefrequency of illness. Transurfing is not adogma and nor is it the last stop on the wayto the truth. One should not take any idea to

357/463

be the absolute truth. We can only be lookingat patterns and regularities. Truth is always“somewhere real close”, but where exactly –nobody knows.

Panic

This is the most intensive and quickly in-duced transition. Panic among people is themost able phenomenon to highlight all thedistinctive features of an induced transition.Firstly, the spiral coils very strongly whenyou panic, because a signal of real danger al-ways sounds very convincing and a manwould immediately be drawn into the gameof a destructive pendulum. For that samereason, the pendulum increases its swingingmuch faster, practically like an avalanche.

Secondly, when panicking, a man almostcompletely loses control over himself, whichmeans that he turns into a sensitive receiver

358/463

and at the same time into an active re-trans-mitter of the pendulum’s swings. And finally,the pendulum itself finds an ideal way to ma-terialize itself, in the form of a crowd. Unfor-tunately, all these factors make it very diffi-cult to make a pendulum fall through or toextinguish it. In moments of panic, itwouldn’t even occur to a person to thinkabout ways of struggling with a pendulum.

However, if you can get a grip on yourselfand not give in to panic, then you have a verygood chance of saving your own life and thelives of those close to you. For example, on asinking ship, there’s always a scuffle aroundone of the ship’s rescue boats, while theboats nearby are empty. If one would onlytake a moment to look around, he would no-tice the empty boats. But this is precisely theinsidious quality of an induced transition inthat it works like a funnel, suckingeverything around it into itself, making youlose sight of possible alternatives.

359/463

Poverty

If we are to think logically, how can a simpleman who was born in the slums get rich? Wewon’t look at the criminal way of doing it orat beautiful stories about people becomingmillionaires overnight. So, reasoning basedon common sense won’t lead us to any co-herent conclusion. Then what is the use ofordinary logic to you? Transurfing can’t beput into the frame of common sense; butthen again, it allows you to do what appearsto be impossible.

Acting logically, people get the correspond-ing result. If a man was born in poverty, hewill find himself in poor surroundings. Thus,he is accustomed to it and is tuned to the en-ergy radiation at the frequency of his ownmiserable life. It will be very difficult to moveover onto a track of prosperity, if you feelonly hatred toward your own poverty, envy

360/463

toward the wealthy, and your own desire tobecome well-off. Or actually, no, I would saythat having only these three things at yourdisposal, moving over to a track where youare wealthy would be practically impossible.Let’s take a look at why that is.

Probably one of the first discoveries all chil-dren make, when coming into this life, is thefollowing: the fact that you don’t wantsomething, doesn’t yet mean that you will befree of it. Sometimes, the soul simply criesout in despair: “But I don’t want that! Isimply hate it! Why won’t it leave me inpeace? Why is this always happening to me?”

In a fit of indignation, not only children, butalso adults ask themselves a similar ques-tion. It is really difficult to accept the follow-ing situation: if you don’t want something, itwill nonetheless happen. And if you hate it,then it will follow you wherever you go. Youcan hate your poverty, your work, your

361/463

physical flaws, your neighbors, the bums onthe street, alcoholics, drug addicts, dogs,thieves, criminals, the impudent young, thegovernment….The more you hate something,the more you will encounter it in life. Andyou already know why. It gets to you, youthink about it, and that means you emanateon the frequency of a life track where thething you don’t want exists in abundance. It’snot important what polarization this radi-ation takes: “like it” or “don’t like it.” Thesecond is even more effective, because theemotions are stronger. On the other hand,everything that is unpleasant to you wouldbe to you a destructive pendulum, and that’swhy you swing the pendulum even higherwith your own emotional suffering. And fi-nally, if you actively hate it, it means you arecreating an excess potential. The balancingforces will be directed against you, becauseit’s easier for them to eliminate one oppon-ent than to change the world that doesn’t suit

362/463

someone. See how many harmful factorsthere are in a negative attitude towards life!

Let’s return to the man who was born inpoverty. He has a dream to get rich. But onedesire alone, as you know, won’t change any-thing. You could be lounging on your sofaand lazily thinking: “It would be nice with abowl of strawberries. But where can I getsome? It’s impossible, because it’s winternow.” In practically the same way, a poorperson is dreaming of getting rich.

If a man is not ready to act in order to getwhat he wants, he won’t get it. And hedoesn’t act, because he is convinced that itdoesn’t matter, because nothing good willcome of it. That’s a vicious circle for you.Desire itself doesn’t have any power. It can’teven lift a finger. It is your intention, yourreadiness to act that is responsible for liftingthe finger. Intention also includes the readi-ness to have. A man could say, “Well, I’m

363/463

really ready to have some riches! It is sosimple after all, I do want to become rich!”

No. Again, there is a deep abyss between “towant” and “to be ready to have”. For ex-ample, a poor person feels “like a fish out ofwater” in a rich environment or in an ex-pensive shop, even if he tries with all hismight to convince himself and others of theopposite. In the depths of his soul, he feelsthat he is not worthy of any of this. Richesdon’t enter the poor fellow’s zone of comfort,and not because being rich is uncomfortable,but because he is too far away from all this. Anew armchair is better, but then the old oneis more comfortable.

A poor person only sees the external side ofwealth: luxurious houses, expensive cars,decorations, clubs… If you were to put a poorperson in such an environment, he wouldfeel uncomfortable. And if you were to givehim a suitcase full of money, he would start

364/463

doing all sorts of stupid things and in theend, he would lose everything. The frequencyof energy, which he transmits, is in sharpdissonance with a wealthy life. And until thepoor person puts the attributes of wealth inhis comfort zone, until he learns how to feelas the owner of expensive things, he will re-main poor, even if he finds buried treasure.

Yet another obstacle on the way to wealth isenvy, because, as you know, to envy someonemeans to be annoyed with his or her success.In this sense, there is nothing constructiveabout envy. Moreover, envy has one verystrong, destructive element. A man’s psycheworks in the following way: if he enviessomething that he would want to have, thenhe tries to devalue it in every possible way.Here is the logic behind the concept of “be-ing green with envy”: “I envy what he has. Idon’t have it and I’ll probably never have it.But how am I worse than him? So, the thing

365/463

he owns is lousy and I need it like a fishneeds a bicycle.”

This is how desire to have becomes a psycho-logical defense and then turns into rejection.Rejection takes place on the subtle level, be-cause the subconscious understandseverything literally. Consciousness devaluesthe object of envy only for show, to calm it-self, while the subconscious takes everythingseriously. And here it does more harm thangood, doing everything in its power so thatthe man won’t get the devalued and rejectedthing.

Thus, you can see what tenacious forces holda person on a poor life track. Events unfoldeven more dramatically during an inducedtransition of a prosperous person to a poorlife track. It does happen that a completelysuccessful individual loses everything andfinds himself on the street. The most insidi-ous thing about this induced transition to

366/463

poverty is that the spiral begins to unwindvery slowly and then faster and faster, until itis impossible to stop.

This spiral starts off with temporary finan-cial difficulties. Observe - temporary finan-cial difficulties can happen at any momentand to anybody. It’s such an ordinary, un-avoidable thing as, say, the rain on the daywhen you wanted to have a picnic. If youdon’t fall into rage, depression, agitation ortake offense at life because of this difficulty,then the swings of the destructive pendulumwill die out because you did not give your en-ergy away to the pendulum. An inducedtransition begins only in the case of you hav-ing grabbed onto the end of the spiral. In or-der for the spiral to start spinning, your re-sponse to the pendulum is needed.

Your first reaction to the pendulum’s push isdiscontent. This is for now too weak of a sup-port for the pendulum, and if your emotions

367/463

end here, the pendulum will die out. Anotherreaction is indignation, and this feeling isstronger, so the pendulum will regain itsspirit, sending you information that someoneis to blame for your financial difficulties. Tothis second push, you’ll respond with negat-ive comments or actions towards the guiltyparty. At this moment, the destructive pen-dulum has already become fully animatedand thus, a new branch of the spiral is takingform: your next salary will be smaller, orprices will shoot up, or someone will sud-denly demand that you repay your debt.

Notice that, at the current stage, you don’tyet realize that a process is going on. It couldsimply be an unfortunate event. But in factthis is a directed process, which you inducedon your own, being responsible for theswings of the pendulum. The frequency ofyour energy radiation is further rearrangingitself from the track where you are prosper-ous, to the track where you are deprived and

368/463

annoyed. Therefore, you move to the trackscorresponding to these new parameters.

And thus, your situation is getting more andmore serious. Bad news start pouring in onyou from everywhere: prices are rising, yourcompany is not going well. You begin to act-ively discuss this negative news with closefriends and relatives. These discussions are,usually, of a destructive sort – that is, theyconsist of complains, discontent and aggres-sion towards the supposed guilty parties.This is especially pronounced in companieswhere business is indeed bad. At a companylike that, the day begins with the postulatethat “there’s no money”, as if it were a morn-ing prayer.

At this point you have already been capturedby the spiral, and your radiation is tuned tothe frequency of the destructive pendulum.Because things are constantly getting worse,you’ll get ridden by anxiety. The energy of

369/463

anxiety, despite its small size, is very well as-similated by the pendulum, making the pen-dulum bolder and bolder. In the state ofanxiety, you will unavoidably be creating anexcess potential all around you: discontent,aggression, depression, apathy, resentmentand so on. Now, when the destructive pendu-lum has been joined by balancing forces, thesituation gets out of control and starts to de-velop in a snowballing manner. You feel fearand let yourself run amok.

It’s as if someone took you by the hands andstarted spinning you round and round, onlyto let go of you suddenly and quickly. You flyoff to the side, fall down, and remain lying inshock. That’s a terrifying picture. Buteverything started with small financial diffi-culties. The pendulum doesn’t need yourmoney, because it is only interested in thenegative energy you are emanating whenyour money is melting away. As a result,when the spiral has unwounded, the

370/463

unfortunate person, in the best case, losesquite a lot, and in the worst case –everything. He is no longer of interest to thedestructive pendulum – there is nothingmore to take from him. Further on, eventscan be unfolding in several ways: either theunfortunate remains laying on the unsuc-cessful track, or he tries with difficulty to pullhimself out. Such an induced transition canhappen with individual persons as well aswith large groups of people. In the lattercase, as you can imagine, the spiral is not aspiral anymore, but a real whirlpool fromwhich it’ll be very difficult to get out.

The only way to avoid an induced transitionis not to grab onto the end of the spiral, notto get involved in the game of the destructivependulum. It’s not enough to simply knowhow this mechanism works. You need to con-stantly keep it in mind. Your Overseer mustnot sleep. Pull yourself together every timeyou accept a pendulum’s game by habit, as if

371/463

in a dream – that is, when you show discon-tent, indignation, anxiety, when you takepart in destructive discussions and so on. Re-member: everything that makes you reactnegatively is the provoking action of de-structive pendulums. The exact same thinghappens in dreams: until you realize that it isa dream, you are a puppet in someone else’shands, and you could be tormented by night-mares. As soon as you wake up, shake offthese delusions and realized the true natureof the game – that’s it, you’re the master ofthe situation. You won’t become a victim ofcircumstances, while everyone around you isin a zombie-like state.

Summary

Each man creates a separate layer of theworld, where he lives.

372/463

The world of people as a whole consists ofindividual layers, placed on top of eachother.

When emanating negative energy, a personis making the layer of his world worse.

Aggression is mistakenly taken to be a signof strength and dissatisfaction is seen as anormal reaction.

A response to a negative event induces thetransfer to negative life tracks.

An induced transition includes a negativeevent in an individual person’s layer.

Don’t allow any negative information intoyour layer.

“Don’t allow” means not to avoid, but to in-tentionally ignore and not become inter-ested in certain kinds of information.

373/463

CHAPTER VI

THE FLOW OFVARIATIONS

Where do the following come from -premonitions, intuition, propheciesand discoveries, as well as master-pieces of art? Is it true that the hu-man mind is the one which inventsand creates? The flow of variationsis a luxurious gift for the mind, butman does not have the least suspi-cion about it. And what are omensand why do they work?

When you go with the flow, theworld comes out to meet you.

The Information Field

The space of variations represents an in-formation field or an energy matrix – a mod-el of what must happen and how it musthappen. Energy tuned to a particular sectorof the matrix “illuminates” it, and the modelis then realized in material form. Hence, thequestion: can this information be used whileit is still in unrealized form? In other words,can we “see” into the future?

One could say that we do this every day. Ourconsciousness doesn’t know how to get in-formation from the space of variations. Butthe subconscious has free access to the in-formation field. This is precisely where pre-monitions, intuition, predictions, proph-ecies, discoveries and masterpieces of artcome from.

375/463

Information enters the consciousness eitherfrom the outside world, as an interpretationof external data, or from the subconscious,on the intuitive level. Data that is written inthe field is, roughly speaking, truth in itspurest form. In other words, it is objectiveinformation that is free from any interpreta-tions. When truth passes through the filter ofmind, it turns into an interpretation –namely, into knowledge. All living creaturesperceive truth through their interpretations.A chicken perceives and understands theworld in a very different way than that of aman. Even different people can perceive andunderstand the same things differently.Therefore, knowledge is nothing but a moreor less distorted form of the truth.

Data in the information field has the form ofcomplex energy structures. These structurescontain everything that makes matter moveaccording to certain laws. At first, data fromthe information field is received by the

376/463

subconscious (the soul) then consciousness(the mind) translates it into a verbal or sym-bolic description. This is how discoveriescome to be or how something new is created– like music, works of art – that is,everything that a man couldn’t see or knowabout directly. This is also how intuitiveknowledge and premonitions appear.

All of this is possibly shocking to you andfills you with distrust. So are we saying thatmind by itself can’t create anything new, butis only able to receive data from the informa-tion field? Not quite. The mind can constructa new item or solve a problem, using familiarobjects or logical configurations. In otherwords, the mind can make a new house outof old bricks. But, to come up withsomething entirely new, something that can-not be made out of the old, this the mindcannot do.

377/463

Fundamental scientific discoveries do notcome as a result of logical reasoning, but asflashes of inspiration, like knowledge takenout of nowhere. The same is true for great in-ventions. Good music is not just composedfrom a collection of notes, but comes as if onits own. Masterpieces of art are created notas a result of mastering a professional tech-nique, but are born out of inspiration. Awork of art that has been painted by some-body who masters a particular technique willnot necessarily become a masterpiece. It be-comes a masterpiece because of what liesoutside the boundaries of excellent technicalperformance. Poetry that moves the soul isnot a result of a logical assorting of rhymes,but comes from the same place – from thedepths of the soul.

Art that is based on inspiration and enlight-enment has nothing to do with the mind. It isonly later that the mind makes the productsof such creation its own. For example, the

378/463

mind is able to make a perfect copy of an oldmasterpiece. But it is not capable of creatinga new one. The mind analyzes data receivedby the subconscious from the field of inform-ation, and wraps this data in symbolic inter-pretation – in the form of a melody, a pic-ture, a poem, a formula, a diagram etc.

So far, we are unable to understand how thesubconscious gets access to the field of in-formation. We can only witness the mani-festation of this access. An example of this isclairvoyance – the ability to perceive eventsthat have either happened before, that areabout to happen, or that are happening bey-ond the limits of the clairvoyant’s visual per-ception. We don’t understand the mechan-ism of these phenomena and so we call themparanormal. The pendulums of fundamentalscience, not wanting to admit to their power-lessness, don’t take paranormal phenomenaseriously. However, the fact that we can’t

379/463

explain things doesn’t mean they are nottrue, and we can’t just simply wave themaway.

There are people who see events in the in-formation field as clearly as if they were hap-pening before their very eyes in the materialworld. Such people have the ability to tunethemselves to a specific sector in the space ofvariations that has already been manifested.For example, in order to tune oneself intothe sector of a missing person, a clairvoyantmust look at his photograph or touchsomething of his. Even the police sometimesuse the services of such clairvoyants.

Not everyone can see so clearly, and there-fore, mistakes are made. There are two reas-ons for these mistakes. The first reason is re-lated to the fact that clairvoyants can betuned to a sector that has not and will not berealized. Different sectors can, depending ontheir relative distances from each other,

380/463

differ either greatly or barely at all in scriptsand decorations. The second reason why aclairvoyant can make a mistake is the inter-pretation of data by the psychic himself. Forexample, ancient foretellers and prophets,when looking at unfamiliar and strangescenes from the future, interpreted them intheir own way, deriving from their level ofknowledge. Therefore, prophecies are some-times imprecise.

Whether you believe all this or not is yourown choice. Keep in mind that Transurfing isbut a model, allowing us to use the laws ofthe world for our own interests. It is notmeant to be the description of the world’sstructure. Transurfing is also not a stonemonument with the inscription “Here is ex-actly where the heart of the problem is”.Truth, as you know, is always somewhereclose. The notion that man is capable of syn-thesizing anything new using his mind is alsoonly a mindset. It’s just that we have been

381/463

accustomed to this model for a long time andit is suitable for us. It should be noted thatthis familiar diagram of life is as impossibleto prove as the Transurfing model. So,whether things happen this way or another isnot very important for us, in principle. Thefact remains that the information from thespace of variations somehow reaches ourears in the form of various hints, visions, en-lightenment, signs, and if possible we musttry and grasp their meaning.

Knowledge out ofNowhere

Only a very small and select number ofpeople are able to clearly read the data fromthe field of information. The majority ofpeople get only echoes of this data in theform of passing premonitions and vagueknowledge. People involved with science and

382/463

art get enlightened after many days or yearsspent in contemplation. It’s difficult to dis-cover something new because it is mucheasier for your thought frequency to tune in-to sectors that have already been realized inthe space of variations. Something that isfundamentally new is always in the unreal-ized sectors. But how do you tune into them?This is beyond us for now.

When the search for new solutions doesn’tgive any results in the realized sectors, thesubconscious somehow gets out into an un-realized sector. Such data is not enveloped inthe usual symbolic interpretations. There-fore, consciousness perceives it as vague andunclear information. If the brain is able tograsp the essence of this information, you getenlightened and obtain a clear understand-ing of things.

There are many ambiguities and contradic-tions in the workings of our consciousness

383/463

and the subconscious. We won’t address allthese problems, but will only consider a fewseparate aspects. For simplicity, so we won’tget lost in terminology and semantics, we’llrefer to everything related to consciousnessas ‘mind,” and everything related to the sub-conscious as “soul.”

If our mind understood everything that thesoul wanted to tell it, humankind would havereceived direct access to the field of informa-tion a long time ago. It’s hard to imaginewhat heights our civilization would havereached if that was the case. But it’s not onlythat the mind doesn’t know how to listen, itdoesn’t even want to. A man’s attention isconstantly preoccupied with either objects ofthe external world or with inner thoughtsand emotional feelings about these objects.The inner monologue almost never stops,even though it is under the mind’s control.The mind doesn’t listen to the weak signalsof the soul, but in an authoritarian voice it

384/463

repeats over and over again whatever it ispreoccupied with. When the mind “thinks”,it operates in categories, classifying qualitiesof visible objects in the materialized sectors.In other words, it thinks with the help ofwell-established labels: symbols, words, con-cepts, diagrams, rules and so on. It tries toplace all information into appropriatelylabeled files.

There are labels for everything that exists inthis world: the sky is blue, water is wet, birdsfly, tigers are dangerous, winter is cold andso on. If information from unrealized sectorsdoesn’t yet have mental labels, the mind per-ceives it as some kind of incomprehensibleknowledge. If a new label can be put on apiece of knowledge or it can be explained inthe framework of old explanations, thenthere you go – a discovery has been made.

It’s always very difficult to come up with anexplanation for something entirely new.

385/463

Imagine a man who hears music for the firsttime. Music is also information in the formof sounds. When the mind receives this in-formation, it knows, but doesn’t understand.There is yet no name or label for it. Under-standing comes later, when the mind hearsmusic many times and all designations andobjects associated with music are demon-strated to it: musicians, instruments, notes,songs. But when the mind heard music forthe first time, it was totally real and actualknowledge and, at the same time, an incom-prehensible mystery. In other words, themind knew it was experiencing somethingand that something was in existence, but themind could not identify what it wasexperiencing.

Try to explain the following definition to asmall child: “milk is white.” The child is onlyjust starting to use abstract categories, thushe’ll ask you a bunch of questions. Well, hedoes know what milk is. But what is “white?”

386/463

It’s a color. And what is a color? It’s a prop-erty of objects. And what’s a property? Andwhat’s an object? And so on, forever andever. It would be easier not to explain whatcolor is, but to show objects of different col-ors. Then the child’s mind would be able tolabel the parameter where the various ob-jects differ, using the abstract category ofcolor. This is how he puts labels and defini-tions on everything around him, and then hethinks, using these definitions. In contrast tothe mind, the soul doesn’t use labels. Howcan the soul then explain to the mind that“milk is white?”

From the time when the mind began to thinkusing abstract categories, its connection tothe soul slowly began to die off. The souldoesn’t use these categories. It doesn’t thinkand doesn’t talk, but it feels and knows. Itcannot express what it knows with words orsymbols. Therefore the mind can never agreewith the soul. Suppose that the soul is tuned

387/463

to an unrealized sector and has found outsomething that does not yet exist in the ma-terial world. How can it bring this informa-tion to the mind?

Moreover, the mind is constantly busy withits chatter. It thinks that everything can beintelligently explained, and is constantlykeeping all information under control. Themind is only receiving vague signals from thesoul, signals that it cannot always identifywith the help of its categories. The soul’s am-biguous feelings and knowledge are drownedout by the loud thoughts of the mind. Whenthe mind’s control weakens a little, then in-tuitive feelings and knowledge can breakthrough into consciousness.

This breakthrough can appear in the form ofa vague premonition, which is also called theinner voice. The mind has been distractedand in this moment you sensed a feeling orsome knowledge of the soul. This is what is

388/463

called the rustling of the morning stars –thevoice without words, thoughtfulness withoutthoughts; sound with no volume. You under-stand something, but vaguely. You are notthinking, but you feel it intuitively. Everyonehas at some point in their life experiencedfor themselves what intuition is. For ex-ample, you feel that someone’s coming rightnow, or something is about to happen or yousimply know something without being ableto explain it.

The mind is constantly busy generatingthoughts. The voice of the soul is literallydrowned out by this “thought-mixer,” thusintuitive knowledge is hard to access. If wecould stop this course of thoughts and simplycontemplate emptiness, we would be able tohear the rustling of the morning stars – theinner voice, wordless. The soul can find theanswers to many questions, if we would onlylisten to its voice.

389/463

Teaching the soul to purposefully tune itselfto unrealized sectors and forcing the mind tolisten to what the soul wants to tell it is diffi-cult enough. Let’s start out small. The soulhas two rather distinct feelings: a sense of in-ner peace and a sense of inner discomfort.The mind has interpretations for these feel-ings: “I feel good” and “I feel bad”, “I’m con-fident” and “I’m worried”, “I like” and “Idon’t like”.

With every step you take in life, decisionsmust be made – to do something or to dosomething else. Material manifestation ismoving through the space of variations, andas a result of this we get what we call “ourlife”. Depending on our thoughts and ac-tions, particular sectors are being realized.The soul has access to the field of informa-tion. Somehow it sees what lays ahead in thenot yet realized, but approaching sectors. Ifthe soul has tuned in to a sector that has notyet been made into reality, it would know

390/463

what is waiting there if it were to be realized:something nice or something bad. Thesefeelings of the soul are perceived by the mindas vague sensations of inner peace or innerdiscomfort.

The soul very often knows what is expectingit. And it tries with a weak voice to notify themind about this. However, the mind almostnever listens to the soul or at least doesn’t at-tach any significance to these vague gut feel-ings. The mind is trapped by pendulums. Itis too busy solving problems and is con-vinced that its actions are rational. The mindmakes resolute decisions, governed by logic-al reasoning and common sense. However,it’s a well known fact that sensible reasoningin no way guarantees the right solution. Thesoul, in contrast to the mind, doesn’t think –it feels and knows. Therefore, it doesn’t makeany mistakes. How often do we hear peoplesuddenly remember: “But, I knew that noth-ing good would come of it!”

391/463

The task is to learn to determine what yoursoul is telling your mind in the decision mak-ing moment. It is not that difficult to do. Youjust have to tell your Overseer to pay atten-tion to the state your soul is in. Say, you aremaking some kind of decision. Your mind iscompletely trapped by the pendulum or pre-occupied with solving a problem. In order tohear the rustling of the morning stars, youonly have to remember in time that you needto pay attention to your soul’s condition.This is so trivial that it is not even interest-ing. But that is the case. The only problem isin paying attention to your own feelings.People are more prone to trust reasonablearguments than their own feelings. Thereforepeople have forgotten how to pay attentionto the state of their soul.

Let’s say you are mentally viewing one of thepossible solutions. At this point the mind isnot guided by feelings but by sensible reas-oning – and is not at all likely to perceive any

392/463

feelings. If you have been successful in re-membering, then take notice of what you arefeeling. Did something about the situationput you on alert or upset you? Was theresomething that feels dangerous or somethingthat you don’t like? You make a decision.Now order the mind to be quiet for a mo-ment and ask yourself, “Do you feel good orbad?” Then pick a different solution andagain ask yourself the question “Do you feelgood or bad?”

If you don’t have an explicit feeling, it meansthat your mind is still a very poor listener.Let your Overseer force you to pay attentionto the state your soul is in more often.However, it is possible that the answer toyour question is ambiguous itself. In thatcase, you shouldn’t rely on such imprecisedata. The only thing remaining then is to actaccording to the suggestions your mind ismaking. Or you would have to simplify thequestion.

393/463

If you were able to get an explicit answer,“Yes, this is good for me” or “No, this is badfor me,” that means you have listened to therustling of the morning stars. Now you knowthe answer. It doesn’t mean that you will actin accordance with the dictates of the soul.We are not always free to act the way wewish. But at least you will know what you canexpect in the unrealized sector.

The Asker, the Offendedand the Warrior

There are two extremes of human behaviorin life situations: to go with the flow, like alittle paper boat with no will of its own, or torow against the flow, stubbornly insisting onyour own way.

If somebody is just sitting around, not takingany initiative or striving to get anywhere, butjust being there, then life will be directing

394/463

him. In that case, that somebody becomes apuppet of the pendulums, and they determ-ine his fate at their own discretion. Whentaking a stand like that, the man is refusingto choose his own destiny. His choice is tohave a predetermined destiny: “let it bewhatever it is” - will be. Agreeing to such acondition, the man is claiming that you can’tescape your fate. And he is entirely correct,because for him, there just happens to be adestiny like that in the space of variations.Having made this choice, a man can onlyhelplessly complain about his fate and set hishopes on higher powers.

Having put his destiny in others’ hands, aman moves through life on one of two paths.Moving along the first path, he can submithimself to asking for charity for living hislife, appealing either to pendulums or tosome sort of higher power. Pendulums forcethe Asker to work, and he spends his wholelife cringing before them, getting only a few

395/463

crumbs to live on in return. The Asker na-ively appeals to higher powers, but they don’tcare about him.

The Asker has given away any responsibilityfor his own destiny, saying, “Everything is inGod’s hands”. And if that is the case, then allyou need to do is ask nicely, and as God ismerciful, He will give it to you. “Mountainsand valleys! Rivers and oceans! Oh, the sky!Oh, the earth! I bow before your power! I amfilled with reverence and belief. I believe thatyou will help me buy my morning newspa-per!” What, was this too exaggerated of anexample? Not at all, because to great higherpowers, there is no difference between amorning newspaper and a grand palace –anything is possible for them. And if youdidn’t get what you wanted that means, youobviously didn’t ask nice enough! Well then,carry on asking.

396/463

There is a Russian joke that goes like this. Aman is lying on his couch, praying. “Oh God,help me to get rich. I know you can do it! Ibelieve in your greatness! I put my hopes inyou and your mercy!” and the Lord tells him,in vexation: “Listen, dude, you could at leastbuy a lottery ticket!” That is a comfortablesituation: decline all responsibility for your-self and at the same time wallow in your owninner importance. What is importance doinghere? The man has imagined himself to besuch an important figure that he believesthat God in all his majesty and mercy caresabout that one person’s well-being. God hasalready given man too much – freedom ofchoice, but, due to his infantile nature, manwon’t accept this gift and is thus constantlydissatisfied.

An infantile nature finds its justification inthe fact that the way towards the goal isstrewn with many obstacles. In fact, there isalways something in the way of a man’s goal.

397/463

And that something is balancing forces andpendulums that are the result of the man’shandmade excess potential of importance.It’s like in that children’s game11, “Hellothere geese - geese!” – “Honk! Honk! Honk!”- “Are you hungry?” – “Yes, yes, yes!” –“Well, fly on then!” – “We can’t! The graywolf by the mountain won’t let us get home!”

If the role of the Asker doesn’t suit, the mancan choose a second path: taking the role ofthe Offended. That is, expressing dissatisfac-tion and demanding something that is sup-posedly his by right. The Offended, by ex-pressing his demands, is bringing even moreharm to his destiny. Let’s look at another al-legory as an example of this. A man comes toa picture gallery, he doesn’t like the exhibi-tion on display, and he considers himself tohave the right to express dissatisfaction. Hestarts stamping his feet, making threats, de-manding that they take the exhibition down,and maybe he’ll even start destroying

398/463

everything around him. Naturally, there willbe some kind of reprisal following his ac-tions. The man then gets even more offendedand continues to actively rant and rave:“What! They should be bending over back-wards for me!” It doesn’t occur to him thathe is only a guest in this world.

From the Transurfing point of view, both thefirst and the second path seem completelyabsurd. Transurfing suggests an entirely newpath: don’t ask and don’t demand, butsimply go and take.

So what’s new about that? After all, this isexactly how somebody acts, having made yetanother choice: my destiny is in my ownhands. He begins to struggle with the worldfor his place under the sun. Taking a hardstand, a man is at war with the pendulums,being drawn into ongoing competition andelbowing his way forward. Basically, his en-tire life is a continuous struggle for

399/463

existence. The man has chosen a struggle,and this alternative exists in the space ofvariations as well.

We already know that both humbleness aswell as dissatisfaction makes us dependenton pendulums. Remember what we weretalking about in the chapter about potentialsof importance, and everything will becomeclear to you. The Asker creates a potentialthrough his guilt and is voluntarily givinghimself away into the hands of the manipu-lators. He who asks already believes that heis condemned to ask and wait – maybesomeone will give him something. The Of-fended creates a potential of dissatisfaction,turns the balancing forces against himself,and is actively ruining his own fate.

The Warrior, having chosen the battle, hastaken a more productive stand, but his life ishard and takes a lot of his power. No matterhow much the man tries to resist, he is only

400/463

getting himself more and more enveloped inthe spider web. It seems to him that he isstruggling for his own destiny, while in facthe is only spending his energy in vain. Some-times a man would gain a victory. But towhat price! His victory is there for all to see,and everyone is once again convinced that itis definitely not easy to win the crown of vic-tory. This is how society’s opinion on how toattain goals is shaped and strengthened: inorder to achieve something, you have to bepersistent and work hard for it, or fight for itcourageously.

Social opinion is actually formed by pendu-lums. Potentials of importance serve as abuffet for pendulums. If the aim is difficult toreach it is the external importance talking. Ifonly someone, who possesses outstandingqualities, can attain it then it is the inner im-portance talking. On the way to his aim, theman will be fleeced. Possibly, he will be al-lowed to get to the finish line. And he will be

401/463

very satisfied, without understanding that hespent his energy mostly on fulfilling de-mands of the pendulums, and not so muchon reaching his goal.

We get the following rough picture. To reachhis goal, a man must wade through a crowdof beggars. They make a hubbub, block hisway, and keep grasping him by the hands.The man tries to justify himself, excuse him-self, give them money, push them aside,force his way through and fight them. Fin-ally, with great difficulty, he gets to his goal.The energy that was spent on the actualachieving of his goal is but a small part andgoes only towards moving his feet in the dir-ection of the goal. The remaining mass of en-ergy was spent on the struggle with the per-sistent beggars.

Having broken the chains of pendulums theman will get his freedom. The beggars willleave him in peace and bother other people.

402/463

As you remember, in order to free yourselffrom the pendulums, you have to abandoninternal and external importance. If you dothis, obstacles on the way to your goal willsimply self-destruct. Then you will be able tonot ask, not demand, and not struggle, butsimply to go and take.

Now there is the question of how are we tounderstand the phrase “to go and take” –and what has to be done so that we can “goand take” whatever it is we want? All of theremaining parts of the book are dedicated tothis question and you will soon knoweverything about it. So far, we have only out-lined the general strategy for choosing one’sdestiny. The roles of the Asker, the Offended,and the Warrior don’t suit us. What do youthink, what role does Transurfing gives themaster of his destiny to play in the gamecalled life? This is your homework.

403/463

For now, let’s look at tactical ways of behav-ing in life situations.

Going with the Flow

The Asker and the Offended unwillingly gowith the flow of life. The Warrior, on the oth-er hand, tries to fight against the flow. Ofcourse, there are no pure types of thesepeople. From time to time, everybody to acertain degree takes on one of the roles.Playing these parts, a man is acting ex-tremely inefficiently. But if we can’t struggle,nor go with the flow, what is there left for usto do?

Earlier we saw how the mind authoritativelydictates its own will, based on commonsense. Many people reason very sensibly, butat the same time get nowhere in solving theirproblems. What is then the great use of suchcommon sense? The mind cannot guarantee

404/463

that its solution will be foolproof. The mindonly thinks that it is reasoning sensibly,when in fact it is actually offering itself topendulums. There can be no talk of freedomin moving along the flow while a man is play-ing the part of the Asker, the Offended, orthe Warrior. Even the Warrior has the sameamount of freedom to express his will as hasa little paper boat.

How does the Warrior move with the flow oflife? Pendulums provoke him into a fightwith them, and he swims against the current,not understanding that it would be easierand more advantageous to use the flow. Hismind is captured by pendulums, but theWarrior is resolutely set for battle and, bymaking resolute decisions, he is whippingthe water with all his might, when calm andsmooth movements would have beenenough.

405/463

And now imagine that you are not resistingthe flow and you are not causing any extraturbulence, but neither are you going withthe flow without any will like a little paperboat. You are intentionally moving in agree-ment with the flow, you note the shoals onthe way, the barriers and dangerous areas,and only by using smooth movements areyou able to keep your chosen direction. Youare the one standing at the steering wheel.

But can we actually look at life as a flow?And why can we neither swim without anywill, nor resist the flow? On the one hand,the information that lies in the space of vari-ations is stationary, like a matrix. But at thesame time, the information’s structure is or-ganized into chains of cause-and-effect.These give birth to the flow of variations –and that is the flow we are about to discuss.

The main reason it is not worth actively op-posing the current, is that it is a massive,

406/463

useless, and even harmful waste of energy.But can one rely on the flow of variations?After all, it can lead you not only to a peace-ful lagoon, but also to a waterfall. This is pre-cisely why, to avoid unpleasantness, youmust correct your movements with calm,even strokes. Of course, to begin, you mustcorrectly choose the general direction of thisflow. The direction is determined by yourchosen goal and the means for its attain-ment. After the direction has been chosen,you must rely on the flow as much as pos-sible and not allow any sudden movements.

Everyone pretty much knows the general dir-ection of his or her flow – in other words,where they are going. For example, now I amstudying, later I will get a job, have a family,work my way up the employment ladder,build my house and so forth. Many make alot of mistakes on their way and complain,when looking back. But you can’t do any-thing about it, what’s done is done. The flow

407/463

has moved you far away from your desiredgoal. Your reasoning mind cannot save you.It only remains to regret that “if I had onlyknown where I would fall, I would have putthere something soft to land on”.

Everyone wants to know what is waiting forhim or her after the next turn. Not everyoneis seriously going to see fortune-tellers or as-trologers, but many are interested in them,at least out of curiosity. An optimistic astro-logical forecast or prediction lights a spark ofhope. And when you get unwanted predic-tions, you can always wave them away. TheTransurfing model does not contradict astro-logy. Predictions have a real foundation tothem – the space of variations. Astrology ex-ists not only because people are curiousabout the future. If the hit rate was too low,no one would rely on these short-lived pre-dictions. However, the fact that the flow ofvariations exists in accordance with certainpatterns, allows us to glance at the

408/463

unrealized sectors of space. It is quite anoth-er matter that astrological calculations are,of course, unable to guarantee their predic-tions to be a hundred percent accurate andthe same goes for clairvoyants.

Everybody decides for themselves, howmuch they should rely on forecasts and as-trological predictions. Respectfully, we willleave this subject aside and we’ll look at theuseful points that can be extracted fromknowing about the flow of variations. Themain question is how much we can sur-render ourselves wholly to the flow, if wehave chosen the main direction correctly,and why should we surrender ourselves tothe flow at all?

As previously shown, the mind is constantlyunder the pressure of artificially created im-portance and, therefore, it cannot make anyefficient decisions. Internal and external im-portance is, in essence, the main source of

409/463

problems. The action of balancing forcesmanifests itself as rapids and whirlpools onthe way through the flow. If you throw offimportance, the flow will turn into a muchcalmer river-bed. The question of whetherone should surrender oneself to the flow isalso a question of importance. External im-portance forces the mind to look for complic-ated solutions to simple problems. Inner im-portance convinces the mind that it is reas-oning soundly and that it is making the onlypossible correct decision.

If we were to throw importance away, themind could breathe freely, because it wouldbe released from the influence of pendulumsand the pressure of artificially created prob-lems. It could make more objective and ad-equate decisions. But the whole beauty ofthis lies in the fact that the mind won’t needgreat intellect, once it is freed from import-ance. Of course, for solving everyday prob-lems you would need logical thinking,

410/463

knowledge and analytical ability. But all ofthis won’t require as much energy. The factthat the flow of variations exists is a luxuri-ous gift for the mind, which hardly ever usesit.

The flow of variations already contains thesolutions to all problems. And what’s more,the majority of all problems are artificiallycreated by the mind anyway. The restlessmind is constantly experiencing the shovesof pendulums and takes on solving all of theproblems at the same time, while trying tokeep the situation under control. Its strong-willed decisions are in most cases just point-less slapping of the water. The majority ofproblems, especially the small ones, solvethemselves, if we don’t disturb the flow ofvariations.

A great intellect is of no use, if the solutionalready exists in space. If we don’t go into amaze and don’t interfere with the flow of

411/463

variations, a solution will come by itself. Andwhat’s more, it will be the most optimal solu-tion. Optimality already lies in the structureof the information field. The thing is thatcause-andeffect chains create separatestreams in the flow of variations. Thesestreams appear to be the most optimal waysin which causes and effects move. Everythingexists in the space of variations, but only theoptimal or the least energy-consuming vari-ations are more likely to be realized. Naturedoes not waste energy for nothing. Peoplewalk on legs and not on ears. All processesstrive to go along the way of least energy ex-penditure. Therefore, the streams of vari-ations are organized along the path of leastresistance. And it is precisely there the mostoptimal solutions lie. The mind, captured bypendulums, acts in their interests and is con-stantly getting out of the optimal streams. Inother words, the mind is getting into a maze

412/463

– it is looking for complicated solutions tosimple problems.

All this reasoning may appear to you as be-ing excessively abstract. But you could testjust how real these streams are, by applyingsome of the principles described in thischapter. It is truly a luxurious gift for themind. Any problem contains coded keys toits solution. The very first key is to movealong the path of least resistance. Peopleusually look for complicated solutions, be-cause they perceive problems as obstacles.And obstacles, as you know, must be over-come with a great amount of effort. We mustcultivate the habit of choosing the simplestsolution to the problem that comes up.

We all have to either learn something new,or to do something that is already familiarand customary to us. The question is howcan we do both the one and the other in themost effective way? The answer is so simple,

413/463

that it’s really hard to believe: in accordancewith the principle of going with the flow,you must try and do everything in the easi-est and simplest way possible.

The most optimal variations of any actionsare organized in streams. Chains of optimalcause-and-effect links form these streams.When you are making the decision to takethe next step in your action, you are choosingthe next link in the chain. You just need todetermine which link belongs to the stream.What does a person usually do in a case likethat? He makes a logical decision, whichfrom the point of view of common sense andeveryday experience appears to be the mostcorrect one.

The mind makes a strong-willed decision. Itthinks it is able to calculate and explaineverything. However, this is not the case –you can probably confirm yourself, howmany times you suddenly remembered that

414/463

something could be done differently, onlytoo late. The problem is not that the mind isinattentive or it isn’t sharp enough. Themind cannot always choose the optimal vari-ation because the cause-and-effect chains ofthe flow don’t always match the mind’s logic-al constructions.

No matter how hard you try, you will rarelychoose the optimal action if you only use lo-gical conclusions. The mind is usually underthe pressure of stress, troubles, depressionor increased activity. In other words, pendu-lums are constantly pulling at it. Therefore,the mind is always acting forcefully andmounts a frontal attack upon the externalworld.

In order to choose the next chain of the flow,we need only to free ourselves from thestrings of the pendulum and just obedientlyfollow that stream. That is, we should takethe balanced position and not create excess

415/463

potential. In order to not create excess po-tential, we need to constantly monitor thelevel of importance.

When you are in a state of balance with thesurrounding world, simply go with the flow.You will see a multitude of signs that willguide you. Let go of the situation, don’t be-come a participant, but the observingbystander. Not a slave, and not the master,but simply someone who performs actions.Order your Overseer to pull you backwhenever your mind tries to make a“reasonable” strong-willed decision. Rentyourself out as a performer, while observingthe work from the sidelines. Everything is alot easier than it seems. Yield to this simpli-city. It is the mind that brings you to a wa-terfall, not the flow of variations.

For example, you have to find something youreally need in a shop. But you don’t know ex-actly where this thing is. The mind will

416/463

suggest the most reasonable, but often themost complicated option. You’ve gone roundhalf the city, but in the end you find thatitem in a shop close to your house. If the im-portance of the problem had been lower, themind would not have looked for a complic-ated solution.

Here’s another example. There is an entireto-do list in your hands. What should youchoose to do first and what later? You don’thave to think about it. If following a specificorder is not a principle you have – simply dothe things you feel like doing. Move togetherwith the flow; untie your mind from the in-fluence of the pendulums. We’re not talkingabout turning into a spineless little paperboat on the waves, but we’re talking aboutnot slapping the water with your hands,when it is quite enough with strokes that aresmooth, light and easy.

417/463

I won’t continue the list of examples. You’llmake a lot of useful and amazing discoveries,if you at least for the course of one day try togo with the flow. Each time, as soon as youneed to find some sort of solution, ask your-self: what’s the simplest way of looking forthe solution? Choose the simplest method oflooking for any solution. Whenever someoneor something distracts you or leads youastray, don’t be in a hurry to actively resist oravoid it. Try to rent yourself out, and watchwhat happens next. Every time you need todo something, ask yourself: what is thesimplest way to do this? Allow things to hap-pen in the simplest way. Every time, whensomeone suggests something to you or showsyou their point of view, don’t be in a hurry toreject it or have an argument. Maybe yourmind doesn’t understand its advantages anddoesn’t see any alternatives. Activate theOverseer. At first, observe – and only then,act. Go down to the auditorium and don’t be

418/463

in a hurry to establish control over the situ-ation. Allow the game to develop as much aspossible on its own, under your observation.Don’t go slapping the water with your hands.Don’t prevent your life from going with theflow, and you will see how much easier itgets.

Guiding Signs

But how do you distinguish approachingshoals or a waterfall from a normal turn inthe flow? We can orient ourselves in the sur-rounding world with the help of quite tan-gible signs. The world is constantly giving usthese signs.

The most well-known and widely-distributedform of signs is omens. There are goodomens and there are bad omens. If you’veseen a rainbow – it’s a good omen. If you seea black cat – misfortune awaits. These are

419/463

examples of established superstitions. Gen-erally accepted omens have been formed as aresult of many observations and comparis-ons. If a high enough percentage of theomens predict what they should, a certainpattern is determined, which then becomes apart of the public opinion, because peopleare always talking with one another aboutstrange phenomena. However, omens don’talways come true, far from it. Why?

What happens when a man forgetssomething and he has to go back and get it?He is thinking: returning is a bad omen12.He doesn’t necessarily have to believe inomens, but the stable, social stereotype non-etheless throws a shadow onto his subcon-scious. In his thoughts, he is expecting somekind of unpleasant event. Or never mind it,the man is thinking, I won’t go back. But thatwon’t be of any help either, because the evenflow has already been disturbed and the manhas already been thrown off balance to some

420/463

degree. Expecting misfortune brings certainchanges into the parameters of thought radi-ation, and the man is put onto a life trackthat corresponds to these parameters. Hegets exactly what he is afraid of. He himselfallowed this possibility in his script. This ex-plains why the percentage of “working”omens grows higher.

As you see, generally accepted omens cannotby themselves serve as laws or even as rules.Why is it that a black cat in particular is astandard bad sign to everybody? Or, put itthis way, how in the world could a black cathave any kind of influence on our lives? Theinfluence is not the cat, but your attitude tothe particular omen. If you believe in omens,they will help shape the events of your life. Ifyou don’t believe in omens, but have doubts,the influence of omens is weakened, but it isthere nonetheless. If you don’t believe inthem and don’t pay any attention to them,they will not have any influence whatsoever

421/463

on your life. It’s all very simple: you get whatyou allow into your script. A man who viewsomens to be superstitions doesn’t have anyindication of their validity in the layer of hisworld. Omens work in the layers of otherpeople’s worlds because those people findproof for their belief in omens, but our skep-tic does not.

If omens themselves don’t have any influ-ence on the events in our lives, then whatguiding signs are we talking about? Theblack cat cannot have any influence, no, butit can serve as a sign, warning you of anevent that will take place further on your wayin the flow of variations. The question is thenonly: what signs could be considered guidingsigns? After all, if you have made up yourmind to monitor everything around you,then you could see signs everywhere. Buthow do we interpret them? We won’t con-cern ourselves with interpretations. This is arather unrewarding task, as it is too

422/463

unreliable and incomprehensible. The onlything you can do is to take the sign into ac-count, increase the Overseer’s level of aware-ness and be more careful.

The guiding signs are signs that indicate apossible turn in the flow of variations. Inother words, a guiding sign serves as a heraldof an event that will bring rather substantialchanges into the flow of life. If you expectsome sort of turn, even a very insignificantone, then a sign could appear that would sig-nal its coming. If an unexpected turn is com-ing up in the near future, some kind of acharacteristic sign could appear as well.What do I mean by “characteristic”?

The point is that when the flow of variationstakes a turn, you move over to a different lifetrack. It will be recalled that a life track ap-pears to be more or less homogeneous, as faras the quality of life is concerned. A streamin the flow of variations can intersect various

423/463

life tracks. These differ in their parameters.Changes that have taken place can be insig-nificant, but you would nonetheless feel thatsomething is different. And it is this qualitat-ive difference that you’ll notice, either con-sciously or subconsciously: as if something isnot quite the same as it was a minute ago.

Thus, guiding signs appear only in thosecases when a transfer onto another life trackis initiated. You could ignore a separate phe-nomenon. For example, a crow croaked butthat didn’t put you on alert, you didn’t feelany qualitative difference - that means youare on the same life track as before. But ifyou did pay attention to the phenomenon,having felt something unusual, somethingodd about the whole episode - it could be asign.

A sign is different from an ordinary phe-nomenon in that a sign always signals thatthe ongoing transition to a substantially

424/463

different life track is going on. The phenom-ena that usually put us on alert are those thathappen right after a completed transfer ontoa different life track. This is because lifetracks are qualitatively different from eachother. These differences can be of variouskinds and it is often hard to explain or put afinger on the actual difference: you just havea feeling that something is not quite right.When the transfer has been completed, wefeel it intuitively and sometimes even noticeobvious changes in how the signs look. As iffrom the corner of our eye we see, or suspect,that something new has appeared in theflow. Signs act as pointers, they say to us:something has changed, something hashappened.

Usually, a phenomenon that takes place onthe current life track doesn’t put us on alert.It has the same quality as other phenomenaon the given track. However, if a man is ig-noring everything that happens around him,

425/463

he won’t be able to notice the obvious signsas well. The transfer to a substantially differ-ent track normally happens gradually,through intermediate tracks. Signs on thesetracks could appear as warnings having vari-ous degrees of severity. Sometimes a man ig-nores the first warning. The transfer contin-ues, then the second warning appears, thenthe third and if after this he doesn’t stop,then what was meant to happen on the finaltrack happens.

As we have already discussed, it’s very diffi-cult to interpret signs unambiguously. Youcannot even be sure whether a phenomenonthat attracted your attention is a sign or not.We can only take into consideration that theworld is trying to tell us something. We aremostly interested in the approaching shoalsand rapids. Sometimes it would be nice to atleast get a hint of what is waiting ahead. Inmost cases, you could phrase the question sothat there would be two possible answers:

426/463

yes or no. For example, will it work out ornot, will I be successful or not, will I be ableto do it or not, will it be good or will it bebad, will it be dangerous or not and so on.Any interpretation of a sign should bebrought down to one question, the answerto which is either “positive” or “negative”.It’s not worth counting on a greater degree ofaccuracy.

The sign carries in itself a hint to the qualityof the up-coming turn. If you associate thesign with unpleasant sensations and it fillsyou with misgivings, distrust, unpleasantsurprise, worry, discomfort, then it meansthat the sign is signaling a negative turn ofevents. If the sensation is ambiguous, thenthere’s no point in trying to interpret the sign– the evaluation would be unreliable. In anycase, you shouldn’t be worrying too muchabout this sign or attributing too much signi-ficance to it. However, if you have alreadypaid attention to the sign, then you shouldn’t

427/463

disregard it either. Maybe the sign brings awarning - that you need to be more careful orthat you ought to change your behavior orstop doing something in time, or choose an-other direction for your actions.

Signs can take on the most varied forms. Youonly need to distinguish what meaning theycarry – positive or negative. For example, Iam in a hurry, but an old little lady with acrutch is blocking my way. There is no way Ican go around her. What does this mean?More than likely, I will be late. Or there goesmy bus, which ordinarily doesn’t go very fast,but today for some reason it is speeding likecrazy. Apparently, I’ve gone too far in somesituation and I should be more careful.Another example could be that I am trying todo something that is not really going toowell, no matter what I do. There is alwayssomething or other in the way and the wholething is simply not running as smoothly as it

428/463

should. Maybe it’s a dead-end and I don’tneed to go down that way at all?

The main good thing about signs is that theyare able to wake you up from a waking sleepin time. In addition, they make you realizethat you are possibly acting in the interestsof a destructive pendulum and to your owndisadvantage. Humankind often makes fatalmistakes when under the pendulum’s zombi-fying spell, and only later remembers thatthey weren’t at all aware of their actions, noton their guard. In such cases, it would beuseful to interpret even the harmless signs aswarnings. It’s never wrong maintaining asense of caution, being aware of what is go-ing on and having an overall sensible view ofthings. It is important to keep cautiousnessfrom turning into anxiety and suspicion. Youhave to care about things without worryingabout them. Give yourself out to rent, and beimpeccable in everything you do.

429/463

Strange as it may seem, the clearest andmost precise guiding signs are phrases spon-taneously uttered by other people, somethingthat was mentioned in passing, without put-ting much thought into it. If somebody isclearly and intentionally trying to imposetheir opinion on you – don’t pay much atten-tion to it. But if someone spontaneouslymentions something to you about what youcould in a specific situation – take it veryseriously.

Spontaneous phrases are those which peoplesay without really thinking about it. You canprobably easily recall a similar situation,where you answered something immediately,almost automatically and without thinking.It seems as if the answer is already theresomewhere deep down inside your con-sciousness, and it falls from your lips, sur-passing the analytical mechanism of yourmind. In a similar fashion, thoughtlessphrases are mentioned when your mind is

430/463

slumbering or when it is busy withsomething else. When the mind slumbers,the soul speaks and the soul, after all, is dir-ectly connected to the information field.

For example, someone says to you inpassing, “Take a scarf with you, you’ll catch acold otherwise.” If you don’t take the advice,you’ll regret it later for sure. Or say, you’reconcerned with some kind of problem andsomeone incidentally recommendssomething that is of little importance to you.Don’t be in a hurry to wave it away. Considertheir opinion instead. Or, in another case,you’re convinced you’re right, when someoneby accident shows you that it is not the caseand you are wrong. Don’t be stubborn. Takea look – maybe you are beating water withyour hands?

Inner discomfort is also a very clear sign,only we don’t pay much attention to it inmost cases. If you have to make a decision,

431/463

no one knows better than your own soul howto make it. It’s often very difficult to under-stand what exactly the soul wants to tell us.But, as was shown above, we can quite un-ambiguously determine whether the soullikes the mind’s decision or not. Say, youhave to make some kind of decision. Stopand listen to the rustling of the morningstars. But if your mind has already made adecision and you remembered about therustling a little too late, try to recall what youwere feeling when you made the decision.These feelings can be described as “I feelgood” or “I don’t feel good.” If you made thedecision reluctantly, if it didn’t really feelright, then you clearly “don’t feel good”about it. In that case, if the decision can bealtered, go ahead and do it.

To determine the level of your inner discom-fort is not too difficult. It’s only difficult toremember in time to listen to one’s feelings,since the mind believes to have authority in

432/463

its reasoning and thus, it doesn’t want tolisten to anyone but itself. The loud roar ofcommon sense does not only drown out thewhisper of the soul. Your mind is always try-ing to substantiate and prove its case inevery way. Here you stand before a choice:“yes” or “no.” The soul tries to timidly object:“no”. The mind realizes that the soul is say-ing “no,” but pretends that it didn’t hear thesoul’s whisper. So, the mind puts forwardpersuading arguments to support its “yes”,based on “sensible reasoning”. Having readthese lines, put them away in a separate filein your memory and the next time when youare making a decision, remember them.You’ll see that everything takes place exactlyas described above.

I suggest you keep in mind this simple andreliable formula for determining when yousoul is saying “no”: if you have to convinceyourself and talk yourself into saying “yes”,then that means your soul is saying “no.”

433/463

Remember, when your soul is saying “yes”,you don’t have to talk yourself into any-thing. We’ll return to this formula later on.

You have to always pay attention to whatsigns your world is showing you. Having saidthat, you shouldn’t look for signs ineverything. “Look, the birds are flying highin the sky. What could this mean?” Well,they’re not afraid of heights so that is whythey are flying so high. You need only to takesigns into consideration and keep in mindthat they might be guiding signs. As soon asyou forget about this, the pendulums willtake you by the hand and you could becomea victim of circumstances.

Special attention should be paid to those de-sires and actions that are able to change yourlife dramatically. If your desire makes youfeel some discomfort and there is the possib-ility of refusing that desire - then do exactlythat. In this case, the desire is not coming

434/463

from the soul, but from the mind. The mind’sdesires are always imposed by pendulums.The very same is true of actions. If you ig-nore the inner discomfort you are feeling, inthe majority of cases nothing awful will hap-pen, but sometimes you’ll be very sorry.Therefore, if possible, it is better to refusedesires and actions that evoke discomfort,doubts, apprehension or feelings of guilt.This will greatly simplify your life and freeyou from a lot of problems.

However, there is one “but.” If a series of in-correct actions have tied an intricate knotthen the method of simply refusing desiresand actions won’t always be appropriate. Insome cases, you will have to do “uncomfort-able” things, like not telling the truth or go-ing to your much hated work. However, oncethese knots are untied, you can go rightahead and apply the method of refusing de-sires and actions.

435/463

That’s about all that can be said about guid-ing signs within the framework of theTransurfing model. Only you can notice andinterpret your own signs. And you don’t haveto take a course on how to do it. You will un-derstand everything on your own, if you’llpay attention to yourself and the worldaround you. Just keep in mind that youshouldn’t give too much importance and sig-nificance to ambiguous signs, as in doing soyou could activate negative interpretations inthe script of your life. In order to not runaground and to not drift into the rapids inthe flow of variations, you only have to re-frain from creating excess potential. Thenyou could get by without any signs. After all,it is beyond us to clearly understand theirtrue meaning. The only sign which youshould pay particular attention to is youstate of inner comfort, every time you areabout to make a decision. It’s really worthlistening to the rustling of the morning stars.

436/463

Letting Go of theSituation

Streams in the flow of variations relieve themind of two overwhelming burdens: the ne-cessity to rationally solve all problems and tohave all situations under constant control. Ofcourse, the burdens will be lifted only if themind is willing to relieve itself of them. In or-der for this to happen, the mind needs amore or less rational explanation to why it isa better option not to carry these two bur-dens around. As you’ve probably noticed,there are a lot of irrationalities in this book, alot of things that do not conform to commonsense. And even though Transurfing is notaimed at explaining the structure of thisworld, I still have to, in one way or another,present arguments to support all of theseconclusions that appear shocking to themind.

437/463

How else? To shake the solid wall of com-mon sense is very difficult. The mind is notused to accepting proof, based only on faith.It demands facts to be based on real evid-ence. You can get real evidence yourself, ifyou test the principles and methods ofTransurfing in real world situations. I canonly present you with certain arguments, soas to calm the suspicious mind. In the worstcase, not only would you not begin to verifyany of these principles, but you would readno further. And yet, this is really only the be-ginning. There are many more discoverieswaiting for you ahead.

The two overwhelming burdens that ourmind is carrying around were laid upon itback in our childhood. We were constantlybeing trained: “Use your head! Are youaware of what you’re doing? Explain your ac-tions! Do your homework, because only ifyou learn to use your mind will you ever beable to achieve anything in life. You dumb

438/463

head, you! Will you ever learn?” Our teachersand life circumstances have made a “soldier”out of our mind, a soldier ready at any mo-ment to find an explanation, to give an an-swer to any question posed, to evaluate asituation, to make a decision, to maintaincontrol over what is happening. The mind istaught to act rationally, with common sense.

Just don’t be thinking that I am so full of my-self that I am ready to sweep common senseaway all together. It is actually quite the op-posite - common sense is a minimal collec-tion of necessary rules, which tell you howyou should behave yourself in the surround-ing world in order to survive. The mind ismaking only one mistake – it is followingthis set of rules too literally and too strictly.Obsession with common sense prevents themind from looking around and seeing thatwhich doesn’t agree with these rules.

439/463

And there are so many things in the worldthat diverge from common sense. The proofof this is the inability of our mind to explaineverything, or to protect us from trouble.There’s a very easy way out of this situation:to rely on the streams in the flow of vari-ations. The basis of this logic is also verysimple: as it happens, expediency lies inthese streams, and that is exactly what themind is looking for. As you know, streamsfollow the way of least resistance. The mindstrives to reason sensibly and logically, rely-ing on the links of cause and effect. But thefact that mind is not perfect keeps it fromcorrectly orienting itself in the surroundingworld, and from finding only the correctdecisions.

But nature is in essence perfect, thus there ismore expediency and logic in the streamsthan in the very wisest argumentation. Andno matter how much the mind is convincedof the fact that it is thinking sensibly, it will

440/463

be mistaken nonetheless. Yet, the mind willmake mistakes in any case, but there will befewer of them if the mind will moderate itszeal and, if possible, will let problems besolved on their own without actively interfer-ing with the process. That is what we call tolet go of the situation. In other words, youmust loosen your grip, lower the amount ofcontrol, not disturb the flow and give morefreedom of action to the surrounding world.

You already know that pressing and pushingthe world is not only useless but also harm-ful. When not agreeing with the flow, themind is creating excess potential. Transurf-ing proposes an entirely different way. Firstof all, we create our obstacles ourselves bypumping up excess potential. If you were tolower importance, obstacles would eliminatethemselves. Second of all, if an obstacledoesn’t give in to your efforts, you should notfight it. Just go around it. The guiding signscan help you.

441/463

The mind’s problem also lies in its tendencyto perceive events that do not fit in its scriptas obstacles. The mind usually plans and cal-culates everything in advance, while ifsomething unforeseen suddenly happens,the mind starts actively fighting it, in orderto fit events to its own script. As a result, thesituation becomes even worse. Of course, themind is not in a condition to plan eventsideally. At this point, more freedom has to begiven to the flow. The flow is not interestedin ruining your fate. It would, again, be un-advisable. It is the mind which ruins yourfate with its unreasonable actions.

Expediency, from the mind’s point of view, iswhen everything is running according to thepredesigned script. Everything that doesn’tagree with the script is perceived as an un-desired problem. And problems have to besolved. Thus the mind takes on this missionwith great diligence, creating new problems.

442/463

In this way, the mind itself is piling up awhole lot of obstacles on its way.

Think about it: when do people feel happy,when do they experience satisfaction, whenare they satisfied with themselves? Wheneverything goes according to plan. The leastdeviation from the script is perceived as afailure. Inner importance won’t allow themind to accept the possibility of deviations.The mind thinks, “After all, I’ve planned andcalculated everything in advance. I shouldknow better, what is good and what is badfor me. I’m being sensible.” Life often givesgifts to people, which they reluctantly re-ceive, only because these gifts are not part oftheir plan. “I wanted a different toy!” Realityis such that we hardly ever get just the toyswe were planning to have. Thus, we are allwalking around gloomy and dissatisfied. Andnow imagine how much more enjoyable lifewould be, if only the mind were to lower its

443/463

importance and recognize the right of devi-ations to exist in the script!

Everyone can regulate the level of their ownhappiness. Most people set the lowest bar ofhappiness much too high, and thus do notconsider themselves happy. I am not preach-ing that you should be happy with what youhave. The doubtful formula of the type “ifyou want to be happy – then just be happy”isn’t suitable for Transurfing. You will getyour toy, but we’ll talk about that later, inparts two and three. Now we are talkingabout how to avoid unpleasant events andhow to decrease the number of problems.

The mind cannot use the ready solutions toproblems in the streams of the flow of vari-ations. This is only because the mind is notwilling to allow any deviations in its script.The mind’s manic tendency to keepeverything under control turns life into aconstant battle with the flow. The mind

444/463

couldn’t really allow the flow of variations tomove on its own without submitting to itswill now, could it? Thus, we’ve come to themind’s main mistake. The mind is not striv-ing to control its movement along the flow,but the flow itself. This is one of the majorreasons why problems and unpleasant eventsappear.

The expedient stream, moving along the pathof least resistance, cannot create problems orobstacles – they’re created by the muddle-headed mind. Activate the Overseer and, atleast for the course of one day, observe howyour mind is trying to control the flow. So-mething is proposed to you, and you refuse.Somebody is trying to tell you something -you wave it away. Somebody expresses theiropinion, and you argue against it. Somebodydoes something his own way, and you sethim on the right path. You are offered a solu-tion, and you refuse. You wait for one thing,but get something completely different and

445/463

express your dissatisfaction. Someone inter-feres with you, and you lose your temper. So-mething goes against your script, and youlaunch a full frontal attack to direct the flowinto the needed channel. Maybe for you per-sonally, it all happens somewhat differently,but there is a grain of truth in all of this. AmI right?

And now try to loosen you grip of controland grant more freedom to the flow. I am notsuggesting that you agree to everything orthat you accept everything that is handed toyou. Simply change your tactics: move thecenter of gravity away from control to obser-vation. Strive to observe more than to con-trol. Don’t be in a rush to wave things away,to object, to argue, to push forward your ownopinions, to interfere, to control or to criti-cize. Give the situation a chance to resolve it-self without your active interference or res-istance. You’ll be, if not dumbfounded, thenat least amazed, that’s for sure. And what

446/463

will happen is a completely paradoxicalthing. Having refused control over situ-ations, you will gain even more control thanyou had before. A detached observer alwayshas a greater advantage than a first-handparticipant. This is why I am constantly re-peating: rent yourself out.

When you look back, you’ll become con-vinced that your control was against theflow. The suggestions of others made a lot ofsense arguing with them was completely use-less. Your interference was in vain. What yousaw as obstacles were not obstacles at all.Problems resolve themselves quite fine evenwithout your knowledge. Everything you gotthat you didn’t plan for wasn’t that bad afterall. Incidental phrases that were mentionedin passing were actually quite valid. Your in-ner discomfort served as a warning. Youdidn’t waste any excess energy and remainedsatisfied. This is that magnificent gift of theflow to the mind I spoke of in the beginning.

447/463

And of course, in addition to everythingmentioned before, let’s remember our“friends.” To move in agreement with theflow is made difficult by pendulums. Theymake up provocations at every step a persontakes, forcing him to violently beat the waterwith his fists. Pendulums don’t like the exist-ence of streams in the flow, for one simplereason - the stream moves in the direction ofthe minimal expenditure of energy. Energyspent by a man who struggles with the flowgoes to creating excess potential and to feedpendulums. The only control worth talkingabout is control over the level of internal andexternal importance. Remember that it isimportance in particular that interferes withany attempt the mind makes to let go of thesituation.

To let go of a situation is in many cases muchmore effective and useful, than insisting onone’s own way. People’s striving for self-as-surance gives rise to the habit of proving

448/463

one’s significance already from childhood.From this stems the tendency, that is harm-ful in all senses, to prove that “I’m right”, nomatter the costs. This striving creates an ex-cess potential and enters into conflict withthe interests of others. Often people try toprove that they are right, even when the ver-dict for one side or the other doesn’t directlyaffect their interests.

There are some people, whose feeling of in-ner importance is so exaggerated that theystrive to get their own way even when itcomes down to the smallest of details. Innerimportance develops into a mania to keepeverything under control. “I’ll prove I amright to everybody, whatever it may cost.” Itis a harmful habit. It really complicates one’slife, in particularly the life of the defender ofthe truth.

If your interests won’t suffer too much fromit, then go ahead and let go of the situation.

449/463

Allow others the right slapping the waterwith their hands. If you do this with fullawareness, then immediately you will feel sorelieved and simply wonderful – even morethan if you had proved your point. You willfind satisfaction in the fact that you’vemoved up to the next step: you didn’t upholdyour importance, as you would usually do,but you have acted like a wise parent withunreasonable children.

Let’s look at one more example. Excessivezeal at work is also as harmful as a carelessattitude. Let’s suppose that you’ve managedto get that prestigious job you’ve beendreaming about for a long time. You makegreat demands on yourself because you thinkthat you have to show your best. This is true.But, if you too zealously seize the bull by thehorns, most probably you won’t be able totake the pressure, especially if the job is diffi-cult. In the best case, your work will be inef-fective, while in the worst case, you’ll have

450/463

gotten yourself a nervous breakdown. Youcould even arrive at the false conclusion thatyou aren’t capable of dealing with this job.

Another option is also possible. You stir up avigorous activity at your new job and in thisway disturb the established order of things.It would seem that there are quite a fewthings at work that could be made perfect,and you’re absolutely certain that you’re act-ing correctly. However, if your innovationsbring destruction to the usual way of life atthe work place, don’t expect anything goodto come of it. This is the case when the initi-ative is punishable. You were put into a slow,but peaceful and even flow, and you startedwith all your might be slapping the waterwith your hands, trying to swim faster.

So what, does this mean that you are not al-lowed to say a word and shouldn’t stick outat all? Well, it is not quite that tough. Ap-proach this question with a business mind

451/463

set. You can only become annoyed and scoldsomeone who is directly bothering you, andonly in the case when your criticism canchange something for the better. Never criti-cize what has already happened and whatcannot be changed. In everything else, youneed to go with the flow – but not literally,agreeing with everything and everybody, butonly by moving the center of gravity fromcontrol to observation. Observe more anddon’t be in a hurry to control situations,people and so on. The feeling of moderation,how and when to interfere, will come to youby itself. Don’t worry about that.

Summary

The mind interprets information using acollection of well-established labels.

The soul doesn’t think and doesn’t speak, butit feels and knows.

452/463

The mind is only able to create a relativelynew version of a house made out of oldbricks.

Entirely new discoveries come from unreal-ized sectors.

The soul serves as a mediator between en-tirely new information and the mind.

The soul accepts unrealized information asknowledge without interpretations.

If the mind is successful in interpreting thesoul’s information, a discovery is made.

The mind is capable of unambiguously de-termining the state of inner comfort.

Train yourself to pay attention to innercomfort.

Having refused importance, you will get thefreedom to choose your destiny.

453/463

Freedom of choice allows you to stop ask-ing, stop demanding, and to stop struggling.It allows you to go and take whatever youwant.

The structure of information is arranged in-to chains of cause and effect links.

Cause and effect links give rise to the flow ofvariations.

The paths of least resistance are arrangedinto separate streams.

Streams in the flow of variations alreadyhave in themselves the solutions to allproblems.

Internal and external importance throw themind out of the optimal stream.

454/463

It is the mind which leads you to a waterfall,and not the streams in the flow ofvariations.

Everything is a lot easier than it seems. Givein to this simplicity.

It is not the omen that works, but your atti-tude to it.

Guiding signs point at possible turns in theflow of variations.

Life tracks differ qualitatively from oneanother.

Signs put us on alert, because they appearduring a transfer to another life track.

Signs can be distinguished by their ability tocreate a sensation that something is notquite right.

455/463

Spontaneous phrases can be perceived asclear instructions which you may act on.

The condition of inner discomfort is a clearsign.

If you have to talk yourself into something,it means the soul is saying “no.”

If you have the possibility to refuse an un-comfortable decision – refuse it.

It’s necessary to loosen the grip and acceptunforeseen events in your script.

Importance gets in the way of your accept-ing the possibility of deviations in yourscript.

The mind strives to control, not its ownmovement along the flow, but the flow itself.

Move the center of gravity from control toobservation.

456/463

Having relinquished control, you will getreal control over a situation.

If you move along the flow of variations, theworld will come out to greet you.

457/463

NOTES1 A reference to the lyrics from a popularRussian song - “City of Childhood” (tr.)

2 Realization – to make something real. Inthe context of this book - turning a particularsector in the space of variations into materialreality. (tr.)

3 “Egregor”, is a relatively recent word bor-rowed from the Greek, egeiro, which means“to be awake, to watch”. Egregor, as a word,is now being used in psychological and eso-teric literature when referring to a “thoughtform” or “collective group mind”. For moreinformation see Bernstein, L “Egregor”online.

4 Alexandre Dumas (1802 – 1870), mostfamous for his literary classic “The ThreeMusketeers” (tr.)

5 For more information on how to use“slides”, see Chapter II, in The Rustling ofthe Morning Stars, the Second Book in theTransurfing series.

6 Russian proverb (tr.)

7 For more information on goals, see chapterIV in the second book in the Transurfingseries “The Rustling of the Morning Stars”.

8 “Transurfing Reality” is a series of fivebooks. (tr.)

9 Russian saying (tr.)

10 In this case, the author is not referring to apersonal disaster but rather to a global one

459/463

like an airplane crash, natural disasters, fire,terrorist attacks, etc.

11 Russian children’s game – the equivalentof several Western chasing games e.g. “TheGame of It”. The point in the game is toavoid the big bad wolf. In this context, thewolf, of course, represents the obstacles onthe way to one’s goal. (tr.)

12 Russian superstition

460/463

O is a symbol of the world, of oneness andunity. In different

cultures it also means the “eye,” symbolizingknowledge and

insight. We aim to publish books that are ac-cessible, constructive

and that challenge accepted opinion, boththat of academia andthe “moral majority.”

Our books are available in all good Englishlanguage

bookstores worldwide. If you don’t see thebook on the shelves

ask the bookstore to order it for you, quotingthe ISBN number

and title. Alternatively you can order online(all major online

retail sites carry our titles) or contact the dis-tributor in the

relevant country, listed on the copyrightpage.

See our website www.o-books.net for afull list of over 500

titles, growing by 100 a year.

And tune in to myspiritradio.com for ourbook review radio show,

hosted by June-Elleni Laine, where you canlisten to the authors

discussing their books.

462/463

463/463